blob: 712b1efda120036de298b4c1f3d7b144609320c6 [file] [log] [blame]
Ted Kremenekb60d87c2009-08-26 22:36:44 +00001/*===-- clang-c/Index.h - Indexing Public C Interface -------------*- C -*-===*\
2|* *|
3|* The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure *|
4|* *|
5|* This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source *|
6|* License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. *|
7|* *|
8|*===----------------------------------------------------------------------===*|
9|* *|
Marc-Andre Laperlef9abd402017-06-16 20:58:26 +000010|* This header provides a public interface to a Clang library for extracting *|
Ted Kremenekb60d87c2009-08-26 22:36:44 +000011|* high-level symbol information from source files without exposing the full *|
12|* Clang C++ API. *|
13|* *|
14\*===----------------------------------------------------------------------===*/
15
Benjamin Kramer2f5db8b2014-08-13 16:25:19 +000016#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_C_INDEX_H
17#define LLVM_CLANG_C_INDEX_H
Ted Kremenekb60d87c2009-08-26 22:36:44 +000018
Chandler Carruthaacafe52009-12-17 09:27:29 +000019#include <time.h>
Steve Naroff6231f182009-10-27 14:35:18 +000020
Arnaud A. de Grandmaison0271b322012-06-28 22:01:06 +000021#include "clang-c/Platform.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0b9682e2014-02-25 03:59:23 +000022#include "clang-c/CXErrorCode.h"
Arnaud A. de Grandmaison0271b322012-06-28 22:01:06 +000023#include "clang-c/CXString.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis09a439d2014-02-25 03:59:16 +000024#include "clang-c/BuildSystem.h"
Arnaud A. de Grandmaison0271b322012-06-28 22:01:06 +000025
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1c4db8d2012-11-06 21:21:49 +000026/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +000027 * The version constants for the libclang API.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1c4db8d2012-11-06 21:21:49 +000028 * CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR should increase when there are API additions.
29 * CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR is intended for "major" source/ABI breaking changes.
30 *
31 * The policy about the libclang API was always to keep it source and ABI
Ivan Donchevskii65c766e2018-01-03 10:40:11 +000032 * compatible, thus CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR is expected to remain stable.
33 */
34#define CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR 0
Ivan Donchevskii3957e482018-06-13 12:37:08 +000035#define CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR 49
Ivan Donchevskii65c766e2018-01-03 10:40:11 +000036
37#define CINDEX_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor) ( \
38 ((major) * 10000) \
Argyrios Kyrtzidis5b216ed2012-10-29 23:24:44 +000039 + ((minor) * 1))
40
41#define CINDEX_VERSION CINDEX_VERSION_ENCODE( \
42 CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR, \
43 CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR )
44
45#define CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE_(major, minor) \
46 #major"."#minor
47#define CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE(major, minor) \
48 CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE_(major, minor)
49
50#define CINDEX_VERSION_STRING CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE( \
51 CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR, \
52 CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR)
53
Ted Kremenekb60d87c2009-08-26 22:36:44 +000054#ifdef __cplusplus
55extern "C" {
56#endif
57
Douglas Gregor4a4e0eb2011-02-23 17:45:25 +000058/** \defgroup CINDEX libclang: C Interface to Clang
Douglas Gregor52606ff2010-01-20 01:10:47 +000059 *
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +000060 * The C Interface to Clang provides a relatively small API that exposes
Douglas Gregorc8e390c2010-01-20 22:45:41 +000061 * facilities for parsing source code into an abstract syntax tree (AST),
62 * loading already-parsed ASTs, traversing the AST, associating
63 * physical source locations with elements within the AST, and other
64 * facilities that support Clang-based development tools.
Douglas Gregor52606ff2010-01-20 01:10:47 +000065 *
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +000066 * This C interface to Clang will never provide all of the information
Douglas Gregorc8e390c2010-01-20 22:45:41 +000067 * representation stored in Clang's C++ AST, nor should it: the intent is to
68 * maintain an API that is relatively stable from one release to the next,
69 * providing only the basic functionality needed to support development tools.
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +000070 *
71 * To avoid namespace pollution, data types are prefixed with "CX" and
Douglas Gregorc8e390c2010-01-20 22:45:41 +000072 * functions are prefixed with "clang_".
Douglas Gregor52606ff2010-01-20 01:10:47 +000073 *
74 * @{
75 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +000076
Douglas Gregor802f12f2010-01-20 22:28:27 +000077/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +000078 * An "index" that consists of a set of translation units that would
Douglas Gregor802f12f2010-01-20 22:28:27 +000079 * typically be linked together into an executable or library.
80 */
81typedef void *CXIndex;
Steve Naroffd5e8e862009-08-27 19:51:58 +000082
Douglas Gregor802f12f2010-01-20 22:28:27 +000083/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +000084 * An opaque type representing target information for a given translation
Emilio Cobos Alvarez485ad422017-04-28 15:56:39 +000085 * unit.
86 */
87typedef struct CXTargetInfoImpl *CXTargetInfo;
88
89/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +000090 * A single translation unit, which resides in an index.
Douglas Gregor802f12f2010-01-20 22:28:27 +000091 */
Ted Kremenek7df92ae2010-11-17 23:24:11 +000092typedef struct CXTranslationUnitImpl *CXTranslationUnit;
Steve Naroffd5e8e862009-08-27 19:51:58 +000093
Douglas Gregor802f12f2010-01-20 22:28:27 +000094/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +000095 * Opaque pointer representing client data that will be passed through
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +000096 * to various callbacks and visitors.
Douglas Gregor802f12f2010-01-20 22:28:27 +000097 */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +000098typedef void *CXClientData;
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +000099
Douglas Gregor9485bf92009-12-02 09:21:34 +0000100/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000101 * Provides the contents of a file that has not yet been saved to disk.
Douglas Gregor9485bf92009-12-02 09:21:34 +0000102 *
103 * Each CXUnsavedFile instance provides the name of a file on the
104 * system along with the current contents of that file that have not
105 * yet been saved to disk.
106 */
107struct CXUnsavedFile {
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000108 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000109 * The file whose contents have not yet been saved.
Douglas Gregor9485bf92009-12-02 09:21:34 +0000110 *
111 * This file must already exist in the file system.
112 */
113 const char *Filename;
114
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000115 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000116 * A buffer containing the unsaved contents of this file.
Douglas Gregor9485bf92009-12-02 09:21:34 +0000117 */
118 const char *Contents;
119
120 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000121 * The length of the unsaved contents of this buffer.
Douglas Gregor9485bf92009-12-02 09:21:34 +0000122 */
123 unsigned long Length;
124};
125
Peter Collingbourne5caf5af2010-08-24 00:31:37 +0000126/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000127 * Describes the availability of a particular entity, which indicates
Peter Collingbourne5caf5af2010-08-24 00:31:37 +0000128 * whether the use of this entity will result in a warning or error due to
129 * it being deprecated or unavailable.
130 */
Douglas Gregorf757a122010-08-23 23:00:57 +0000131enum CXAvailabilityKind {
Peter Collingbourne5caf5af2010-08-24 00:31:37 +0000132 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000133 * The entity is available.
Peter Collingbourne5caf5af2010-08-24 00:31:37 +0000134 */
Douglas Gregorf757a122010-08-23 23:00:57 +0000135 CXAvailability_Available,
Peter Collingbourne5caf5af2010-08-24 00:31:37 +0000136 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000137 * The entity is available, but has been deprecated (and its use is
Peter Collingbourne5caf5af2010-08-24 00:31:37 +0000138 * not recommended).
139 */
Douglas Gregorf757a122010-08-23 23:00:57 +0000140 CXAvailability_Deprecated,
Peter Collingbourne5caf5af2010-08-24 00:31:37 +0000141 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000142 * The entity is not available; any use of it will be an error.
Peter Collingbourne5caf5af2010-08-24 00:31:37 +0000143 */
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +0000144 CXAvailability_NotAvailable,
145 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000146 * The entity is available, but not accessible; any use of it will be
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +0000147 * an error.
148 */
149 CXAvailability_NotAccessible
Douglas Gregorf757a122010-08-23 23:00:57 +0000150};
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +0000151
152/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000153 * Describes a version number of the form major.minor.subminor.
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +0000154 */
155typedef struct CXVersion {
156 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000157 * The major version number, e.g., the '10' in '10.7.3'. A negative
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +0000158 * value indicates that there is no version number at all.
159 */
160 int Major;
161 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000162 * The minor version number, e.g., the '7' in '10.7.3'. This value
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000163 * will be negative if no minor version number was provided, e.g., for
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +0000164 * version '10'.
165 */
166 int Minor;
167 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000168 * The subminor version number, e.g., the '3' in '10.7.3'. This value
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +0000169 * will be negative if no minor or subminor version number was provided,
170 * e.g., in version '10' or '10.7'.
171 */
172 int Subminor;
173} CXVersion;
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +0000174
175/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000176 * Describes the exception specification of a cursor.
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +0000177 *
178 * A negative value indicates that the cursor is not a function declaration.
179 */
180enum CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind {
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +0000181 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000182 * The cursor has no exception specification.
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +0000183 */
184 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_None,
185
186 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000187 * The cursor has exception specification throw()
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +0000188 */
189 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_DynamicNone,
190
191 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000192 * The cursor has exception specification throw(T1, T2)
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +0000193 */
194 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_Dynamic,
195
196 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000197 * The cursor has exception specification throw(...).
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +0000198 */
199 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_MSAny,
200
201 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000202 * The cursor has exception specification basic noexcept.
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +0000203 */
204 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_BasicNoexcept,
205
206 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000207 * The cursor has exception specification computed noexcept.
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +0000208 */
209 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_ComputedNoexcept,
210
211 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000212 * The exception specification has not yet been evaluated.
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +0000213 */
214 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_Unevaluated,
215
216 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000217 * The exception specification has not yet been instantiated.
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +0000218 */
219 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_Uninstantiated,
220
221 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000222 * The exception specification has not been parsed yet.
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +0000223 */
224 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_Unparsed
225};
226
Douglas Gregor802f12f2010-01-20 22:28:27 +0000227/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000228 * Provides a shared context for creating translation units.
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000229 *
230 * It provides two options:
Steve Naroff531e2842009-10-20 14:46:24 +0000231 *
232 * - excludeDeclarationsFromPCH: When non-zero, allows enumeration of "local"
233 * declarations (when loading any new translation units). A "local" declaration
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000234 * is one that belongs in the translation unit itself and not in a precompiled
Steve Naroff531e2842009-10-20 14:46:24 +0000235 * header that was used by the translation unit. If zero, all declarations
236 * will be enumerated.
237 *
Steve Naroffbb4568a2009-10-20 16:36:34 +0000238 * Here is an example:
239 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000240 * \code
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000241 * // excludeDeclsFromPCH = 1, displayDiagnostics=1
242 * Idx = clang_createIndex(1, 1);
Steve Naroffbb4568a2009-10-20 16:36:34 +0000243 *
244 * // IndexTest.pch was produced with the following command:
245 * // "clang -x c IndexTest.h -emit-ast -o IndexTest.pch"
246 * TU = clang_createTranslationUnit(Idx, "IndexTest.pch");
247 *
248 * // This will load all the symbols from 'IndexTest.pch'
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000249 * clang_visitChildren(clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(TU),
Douglas Gregor990b5762010-01-20 21:37:00 +0000250 * TranslationUnitVisitor, 0);
Steve Naroffbb4568a2009-10-20 16:36:34 +0000251 * clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU);
252 *
253 * // This will load all the symbols from 'IndexTest.c', excluding symbols
254 * // from 'IndexTest.pch'.
Daniel Dunbard0159262010-01-25 00:43:14 +0000255 * char *args[] = { "-Xclang", "-include-pch=IndexTest.pch" };
256 * TU = clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile(Idx, "IndexTest.c", 2, args,
257 * 0, 0);
Douglas Gregorfed36b12010-01-20 23:57:43 +0000258 * clang_visitChildren(clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(TU),
259 * TranslationUnitVisitor, 0);
Steve Naroffbb4568a2009-10-20 16:36:34 +0000260 * clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU);
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000261 * \endcode
Steve Naroffbb4568a2009-10-20 16:36:34 +0000262 *
263 * This process of creating the 'pch', loading it separately, and using it (via
264 * -include-pch) allows 'excludeDeclsFromPCH' to remove redundant callbacks
265 * (which gives the indexer the same performance benefit as the compiler).
Steve Naroff531e2842009-10-20 14:46:24 +0000266 */
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000267CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIndex clang_createIndex(int excludeDeclarationsFromPCH,
268 int displayDiagnostics);
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +0000269
Douglas Gregor408bb742010-02-08 23:03:06 +0000270/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000271 * Destroy the given index.
Douglas Gregor408bb742010-02-08 23:03:06 +0000272 *
273 * The index must not be destroyed until all of the translation units created
274 * within that index have been destroyed.
275 */
Daniel Dunbar11089662009-12-03 01:54:28 +0000276CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeIndex(CXIndex index);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000277
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7317a5c2012-03-28 02:18:05 +0000278typedef enum {
279 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000280 * Used to indicate that no special CXIndex options are needed.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7317a5c2012-03-28 02:18:05 +0000281 */
282 CXGlobalOpt_None = 0x0,
283
284 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000285 * Used to indicate that threads that libclang creates for indexing
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7317a5c2012-03-28 02:18:05 +0000286 * purposes should use background priority.
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000287 *
288 * Affects #clang_indexSourceFile, #clang_indexTranslationUnit,
289 * #clang_parseTranslationUnit, #clang_saveTranslationUnit.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7317a5c2012-03-28 02:18:05 +0000290 */
291 CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing = 0x1,
292
293 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000294 * Used to indicate that threads that libclang creates for editing
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7317a5c2012-03-28 02:18:05 +0000295 * purposes should use background priority.
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000296 *
297 * Affects #clang_reparseTranslationUnit, #clang_codeCompleteAt,
298 * #clang_annotateTokens
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7317a5c2012-03-28 02:18:05 +0000299 */
300 CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing = 0x2,
301
302 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000303 * Used to indicate that all threads that libclang creates should use
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7317a5c2012-03-28 02:18:05 +0000304 * background priority.
305 */
306 CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForAll =
307 CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing |
308 CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing
309
310} CXGlobalOptFlags;
311
312/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000313 * Sets general options associated with a CXIndex.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7317a5c2012-03-28 02:18:05 +0000314 *
315 * For example:
316 * \code
317 * CXIndex idx = ...;
318 * clang_CXIndex_setGlobalOptions(idx,
319 * clang_CXIndex_getGlobalOptions(idx) |
320 * CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing);
321 * \endcode
322 *
323 * \param options A bitmask of options, a bitwise OR of CXGlobalOpt_XXX flags.
324 */
325CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_CXIndex_setGlobalOptions(CXIndex, unsigned options);
326
327/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000328 * Gets the general options associated with a CXIndex.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7317a5c2012-03-28 02:18:05 +0000329 *
330 * \returns A bitmask of options, a bitwise OR of CXGlobalOpt_XXX flags that
331 * are associated with the given CXIndex object.
332 */
333CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXIndex_getGlobalOptions(CXIndex);
334
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000335/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000336 * Sets the invocation emission path option in a CXIndex.
Alex Lorenz08615792017-12-04 21:56:36 +0000337 *
338 * The invocation emission path specifies a path which will contain log
339 * files for certain libclang invocations. A null value (default) implies that
340 * libclang invocations are not logged..
341 */
342CINDEX_LINKAGE void
343clang_CXIndex_setInvocationEmissionPathOption(CXIndex, const char *Path);
344
345/**
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +0000346 * \defgroup CINDEX_FILES File manipulation routines
Douglas Gregorc8e390c2010-01-20 22:45:41 +0000347 *
348 * @{
349 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000350
Douglas Gregorc8e390c2010-01-20 22:45:41 +0000351/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000352 * A particular source file that is part of a translation unit.
Douglas Gregorc8e390c2010-01-20 22:45:41 +0000353 */
354typedef void *CXFile;
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000355
Douglas Gregorc8e390c2010-01-20 22:45:41 +0000356/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000357 * Retrieve the complete file and path name of the given file.
Steve Naroff6231f182009-10-27 14:35:18 +0000358 */
Ted Kremenekc560b682010-02-17 00:41:20 +0000359CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getFileName(CXFile SFile);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000360
Douglas Gregorc8e390c2010-01-20 22:45:41 +0000361/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000362 * Retrieve the last modification time of the given file.
Douglas Gregorc8e390c2010-01-20 22:45:41 +0000363 */
Douglas Gregor249c1212009-10-31 15:48:08 +0000364CINDEX_LINKAGE time_t clang_getFileTime(CXFile SFile);
Steve Naroff6231f182009-10-27 14:35:18 +0000365
Douglas Gregor49c4baf2010-01-18 22:13:09 +0000366/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000367 * Uniquely identifies a CXFile, that refers to the same underlying file,
Argyrios Kyrtzidisac08b262013-01-26 04:52:52 +0000368 * across an indexing session.
369 */
370typedef struct {
371 unsigned long long data[3];
372} CXFileUniqueID;
373
374/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000375 * Retrieve the unique ID for the given \c file.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisac08b262013-01-26 04:52:52 +0000376 *
377 * \param file the file to get the ID for.
378 * \param outID stores the returned CXFileUniqueID.
379 * \returns If there was a failure getting the unique ID, returns non-zero,
380 * otherwise returns 0.
381*/
382CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getFileUniqueID(CXFile file, CXFileUniqueID *outID);
383
384/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000385 * Determine whether the given header is guarded against
Douglas Gregor37aa4932011-05-04 00:14:37 +0000386 * multiple inclusions, either with the conventional
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000387 * \#ifndef/\#define/\#endif macro guards or with \#pragma once.
Douglas Gregor37aa4932011-05-04 00:14:37 +0000388 */
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000389CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
Douglas Gregor37aa4932011-05-04 00:14:37 +0000390clang_isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(CXTranslationUnit tu, CXFile file);
391
392/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000393 * Retrieve a file handle within the given translation unit.
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +0000394 *
395 * \param tu the translation unit
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000396 *
Samuel Antao4c8035b2016-12-12 18:00:20 +0000397 * \param file_name the name of the file.
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +0000398 *
399 * \returns the file handle for the named file in the translation unit \p tu,
400 * or a NULL file handle if the file was not a part of this translation unit.
401 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000402CINDEX_LINKAGE CXFile clang_getFile(CXTranslationUnit tu,
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +0000403 const char *file_name);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000404
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +0000405/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000406 * Retrieve the buffer associated with the given file.
Erik Verbruggen3afa3ce2017-12-06 09:02:52 +0000407 *
408 * \param tu the translation unit
409 *
410 * \param file the file for which to retrieve the buffer.
411 *
412 * \param size [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the size of the buffer.
413 *
414 * \returns a pointer to the buffer in memory that holds the contents of
415 * \p file, or a NULL pointer when the file is not loaded.
416 */
417CINDEX_LINKAGE const char *clang_getFileContents(CXTranslationUnit tu,
418 CXFile file, size_t *size);
419
420/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000421 * Returns non-zero if the \c file1 and \c file2 point to the same file,
Argyrios Kyrtzidisac3997e2014-08-16 00:26:19 +0000422 * or they are both NULL.
423 */
424CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_File_isEqual(CXFile file1, CXFile file2);
425
426/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000427 * Returns the real path name of \c file.
Fangrui Songe46ac5f2018-04-07 20:50:35 +0000428 *
429 * An empty string may be returned. Use \c clang_getFileName() in that case.
430 */
431CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_File_tryGetRealPathName(CXFile file);
432
433/**
Douglas Gregorc8e390c2010-01-20 22:45:41 +0000434 * @}
435 */
436
437/**
438 * \defgroup CINDEX_LOCATIONS Physical source locations
439 *
440 * Clang represents physical source locations in its abstract syntax tree in
441 * great detail, with file, line, and column information for the majority of
442 * the tokens parsed in the source code. These data types and functions are
443 * used to represent source location information, either for a particular
444 * point in the program or for a range of points in the program, and extract
445 * specific location information from those data types.
446 *
447 * @{
448 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000449
Douglas Gregorc8e390c2010-01-20 22:45:41 +0000450/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000451 * Identifies a specific source location within a translation
Douglas Gregor4f46e782010-01-19 21:36:55 +0000452 * unit.
453 *
Chandler Carruth4aa01ef2011-08-31 16:53:37 +0000454 * Use clang_getExpansionLocation() or clang_getSpellingLocation()
Douglas Gregor229bebd2010-11-09 06:24:54 +0000455 * to map a source location to a particular file, line, and column.
Douglas Gregor49c4baf2010-01-18 22:13:09 +0000456 */
457typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49d9d0292013-01-11 22:29:47 +0000458 const void *ptr_data[2];
Douglas Gregor4f46e782010-01-19 21:36:55 +0000459 unsigned int_data;
Douglas Gregor49c4baf2010-01-18 22:13:09 +0000460} CXSourceLocation;
Ted Kremeneka44d99c2010-01-05 23:18:49 +0000461
Douglas Gregor49c4baf2010-01-18 22:13:09 +0000462/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000463 * Identifies a half-open character range in the source code.
Douglas Gregor49c4baf2010-01-18 22:13:09 +0000464 *
Douglas Gregor4f46e782010-01-19 21:36:55 +0000465 * Use clang_getRangeStart() and clang_getRangeEnd() to retrieve the
466 * starting and end locations from a source range, respectively.
Douglas Gregor49c4baf2010-01-18 22:13:09 +0000467 */
468typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49d9d0292013-01-11 22:29:47 +0000469 const void *ptr_data[2];
Douglas Gregor4f46e782010-01-19 21:36:55 +0000470 unsigned begin_int_data;
471 unsigned end_int_data;
Douglas Gregor49c4baf2010-01-18 22:13:09 +0000472} CXSourceRange;
Ted Kremeneka44d99c2010-01-05 23:18:49 +0000473
Douglas Gregor4f46e782010-01-19 21:36:55 +0000474/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000475 * Retrieve a NULL (invalid) source location.
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +0000476 */
NAKAMURA Takumieacd6672013-01-10 02:12:38 +0000477CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getNullLocation(void);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000478
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +0000479/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000480 * Determine whether two source locations, which must refer into
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000481 * the same translation unit, refer to exactly the same point in the source
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +0000482 * code.
483 *
484 * \returns non-zero if the source locations refer to the same location, zero
485 * if they refer to different locations.
486 */
487CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalLocations(CXSourceLocation loc1,
488 CXSourceLocation loc2);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000489
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +0000490/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000491 * Retrieves the source location associated with a given file/line/column
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000492 * in a particular translation unit.
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +0000493 */
494CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getLocation(CXTranslationUnit tu,
495 CXFile file,
496 unsigned line,
497 unsigned column);
David Chisnall2e16ac52010-10-15 17:07:39 +0000498/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000499 * Retrieves the source location associated with a given character offset
David Chisnall2e16ac52010-10-15 17:07:39 +0000500 * in a particular translation unit.
501 */
502CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getLocationForOffset(CXTranslationUnit tu,
503 CXFile file,
504 unsigned offset);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000505
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +0000506/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000507 * Returns non-zero if the given source location is in a system header.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis25f7af12013-04-12 17:06:51 +0000508 */
509CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Location_isInSystemHeader(CXSourceLocation location);
510
511/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000512 * Returns non-zero if the given source location is in the main file of
Stefanus Du Toitdb51c632013-08-08 17:48:14 +0000513 * the corresponding translation unit.
514 */
515CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Location_isFromMainFile(CXSourceLocation location);
516
517/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000518 * Retrieve a NULL (invalid) source range.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000519 */
NAKAMURA Takumieacd6672013-01-10 02:12:38 +0000520CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getNullRange(void);
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +0000521
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000522/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000523 * Retrieve a source range given the beginning and ending source
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +0000524 * locations.
525 */
526CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getRange(CXSourceLocation begin,
527 CXSourceLocation end);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000528
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +0000529/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000530 * Determine whether two ranges are equivalent.
Douglas Gregor757e38b2011-07-23 19:35:14 +0000531 *
532 * \returns non-zero if the ranges are the same, zero if they differ.
533 */
534CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalRanges(CXSourceRange range1,
535 CXSourceRange range2);
536
537/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000538 * Returns non-zero if \p range is null.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise7e42912011-09-28 18:14:21 +0000539 */
Erik Verbruggend610b0f2011-10-06 12:11:57 +0000540CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Range_isNull(CXSourceRange range);
Argyrios Kyrtzidise7e42912011-09-28 18:14:21 +0000541
542/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000543 * Retrieve the file, line, column, and offset represented by
Douglas Gregor9bd6db52010-01-26 19:19:08 +0000544 * the given source location.
Douglas Gregor4f46e782010-01-19 21:36:55 +0000545 *
Chandler Carruth4aa01ef2011-08-31 16:53:37 +0000546 * If the location refers into a macro expansion, retrieves the
547 * location of the macro expansion.
Douglas Gregor229bebd2010-11-09 06:24:54 +0000548 *
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000549 * \param location the location within a source file that will be decomposed
550 * into its parts.
Douglas Gregor4f46e782010-01-19 21:36:55 +0000551 *
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000552 * \param file [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the file to which the given
Douglas Gregor4f46e782010-01-19 21:36:55 +0000553 * source location points.
554 *
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000555 * \param line [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the line to which the given
Douglas Gregor4f46e782010-01-19 21:36:55 +0000556 * source location points.
557 *
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000558 * \param column [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the column to which the given
559 * source location points.
Douglas Gregor9bd6db52010-01-26 19:19:08 +0000560 *
561 * \param offset [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the offset into the
562 * buffer to which the given source location points.
Douglas Gregor4f46e782010-01-19 21:36:55 +0000563 */
Chandler Carruth4aa01ef2011-08-31 16:53:37 +0000564CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getExpansionLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
565 CXFile *file,
566 unsigned *line,
567 unsigned *column,
568 unsigned *offset);
569
570/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000571 * Retrieve the file, line and column represented by the given source
Vassil Vassilev4b8e29d2017-04-06 10:05:46 +0000572 * location, as specified in a # line directive.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis91672b32011-09-13 21:49:08 +0000573 *
574 * Example: given the following source code in a file somefile.c
575 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000576 * \code
Argyrios Kyrtzidis91672b32011-09-13 21:49:08 +0000577 * #123 "dummy.c" 1
578 *
579 * static int func(void)
580 * {
581 * return 0;
582 * }
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000583 * \endcode
Argyrios Kyrtzidis91672b32011-09-13 21:49:08 +0000584 *
585 * the location information returned by this function would be
586 *
587 * File: dummy.c Line: 124 Column: 12
588 *
589 * whereas clang_getExpansionLocation would have returned
590 *
591 * File: somefile.c Line: 3 Column: 12
592 *
593 * \param location the location within a source file that will be decomposed
594 * into its parts.
595 *
596 * \param filename [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the filename of the
597 * source location. Note that filenames returned will be for "virtual" files,
598 * which don't necessarily exist on the machine running clang - e.g. when
599 * parsing preprocessed output obtained from a different environment. If
600 * a non-NULL value is passed in, remember to dispose of the returned value
601 * using \c clang_disposeString() once you've finished with it. For an invalid
602 * source location, an empty string is returned.
603 *
604 * \param line [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the line number of the
605 * source location. For an invalid source location, zero is returned.
606 *
607 * \param column [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the column number of the
608 * source location. For an invalid source location, zero is returned.
609 */
610CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getPresumedLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
611 CXString *filename,
612 unsigned *line,
613 unsigned *column);
614
615/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000616 * Legacy API to retrieve the file, line, column, and offset represented
Chandler Carruth4aa01ef2011-08-31 16:53:37 +0000617 * by the given source location.
618 *
619 * This interface has been replaced by the newer interface
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000620 * #clang_getExpansionLocation(). See that interface's documentation for
Chandler Carruth4aa01ef2011-08-31 16:53:37 +0000621 * details.
622 */
Douglas Gregor4f46e782010-01-19 21:36:55 +0000623CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getInstantiationLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
624 CXFile *file,
625 unsigned *line,
Douglas Gregor9bd6db52010-01-26 19:19:08 +0000626 unsigned *column,
627 unsigned *offset);
Douglas Gregor47751d62010-01-26 03:07:15 +0000628
629/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000630 * Retrieve the file, line, column, and offset represented by
Douglas Gregor229bebd2010-11-09 06:24:54 +0000631 * the given source location.
632 *
633 * If the location refers into a macro instantiation, return where the
634 * location was originally spelled in the source file.
635 *
636 * \param location the location within a source file that will be decomposed
637 * into its parts.
638 *
639 * \param file [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the file to which the given
640 * source location points.
641 *
642 * \param line [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the line to which the given
643 * source location points.
644 *
645 * \param column [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the column to which the given
646 * source location points.
647 *
648 * \param offset [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the offset into the
649 * buffer to which the given source location points.
650 */
651CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getSpellingLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
652 CXFile *file,
653 unsigned *line,
654 unsigned *column,
655 unsigned *offset);
656
657/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000658 * Retrieve the file, line, column, and offset represented by
Argyrios Kyrtzidis56be7162013-01-04 18:30:13 +0000659 * the given source location.
660 *
661 * If the location refers into a macro expansion, return where the macro was
662 * expanded or where the macro argument was written, if the location points at
663 * a macro argument.
664 *
665 * \param location the location within a source file that will be decomposed
666 * into its parts.
667 *
668 * \param file [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the file to which the given
669 * source location points.
670 *
671 * \param line [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the line to which the given
672 * source location points.
673 *
674 * \param column [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the column to which the given
675 * source location points.
676 *
677 * \param offset [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the offset into the
678 * buffer to which the given source location points.
679 */
680CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getFileLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
681 CXFile *file,
682 unsigned *line,
683 unsigned *column,
684 unsigned *offset);
685
686/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000687 * Retrieve a source location representing the first character within a
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000688 * source range.
Douglas Gregor4f46e782010-01-19 21:36:55 +0000689 */
690CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getRangeStart(CXSourceRange range);
691
692/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000693 * Retrieve a source location representing the last character within a
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000694 * source range.
Douglas Gregor4f46e782010-01-19 21:36:55 +0000695 */
696CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getRangeEnd(CXSourceRange range);
697
Douglas Gregorc8e390c2010-01-20 22:45:41 +0000698/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000699 * Identifies an array of ranges.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9ef57752013-12-05 08:19:32 +0000700 */
701typedef struct {
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000702 /** The number of ranges in the \c ranges array. */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9ef57752013-12-05 08:19:32 +0000703 unsigned count;
704 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000705 * An array of \c CXSourceRanges.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9ef57752013-12-05 08:19:32 +0000706 */
707 CXSourceRange *ranges;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0e282ef2013-12-06 18:55:45 +0000708} CXSourceRangeList;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9ef57752013-12-05 08:19:32 +0000709
710/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000711 * Retrieve all ranges that were skipped by the preprocessor.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0e282ef2013-12-06 18:55:45 +0000712 *
713 * The preprocessor will skip lines when they are surrounded by an
714 * if/ifdef/ifndef directive whose condition does not evaluate to true.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9ef57752013-12-05 08:19:32 +0000715 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0e282ef2013-12-06 18:55:45 +0000716CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRangeList *clang_getSkippedRanges(CXTranslationUnit tu,
717 CXFile file);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9ef57752013-12-05 08:19:32 +0000718
719/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000720 * Retrieve all ranges from all files that were skipped by the
Cameron Desrochersd8091282016-08-18 15:43:55 +0000721 * preprocessor.
722 *
723 * The preprocessor will skip lines when they are surrounded by an
724 * if/ifdef/ifndef directive whose condition does not evaluate to true.
725 */
726CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRangeList *clang_getAllSkippedRanges(CXTranslationUnit tu);
727
728/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000729 * Destroy the given \c CXSourceRangeList.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9ef57752013-12-05 08:19:32 +0000730 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0e282ef2013-12-06 18:55:45 +0000731CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeSourceRangeList(CXSourceRangeList *ranges);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9ef57752013-12-05 08:19:32 +0000732
733/**
Douglas Gregorc8e390c2010-01-20 22:45:41 +0000734 * @}
735 */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +0000736
737/**
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000738 * \defgroup CINDEX_DIAG Diagnostic reporting
739 *
740 * @{
741 */
742
743/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000744 * Describes the severity of a particular diagnostic.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000745 */
746enum CXDiagnosticSeverity {
747 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000748 * A diagnostic that has been suppressed, e.g., by a command-line
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000749 * option.
750 */
751 CXDiagnostic_Ignored = 0,
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +0000752
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000753 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000754 * This diagnostic is a note that should be attached to the
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000755 * previous (non-note) diagnostic.
756 */
757 CXDiagnostic_Note = 1,
758
759 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000760 * This diagnostic indicates suspicious code that may not be
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000761 * wrong.
762 */
763 CXDiagnostic_Warning = 2,
764
765 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000766 * This diagnostic indicates that the code is ill-formed.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000767 */
768 CXDiagnostic_Error = 3,
769
770 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000771 * This diagnostic indicates that the code is ill-formed such
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000772 * that future parser recovery is unlikely to produce useful
773 * results.
774 */
775 CXDiagnostic_Fatal = 4
776};
777
778/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000779 * A single diagnostic, containing the diagnostic's severity,
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000780 * location, text, source ranges, and fix-it hints.
781 */
782typedef void *CXDiagnostic;
783
784/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000785 * A group of CXDiagnostics.
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000786 */
787typedef void *CXDiagnosticSet;
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000788
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000789/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000790 * Determine the number of diagnostics in a CXDiagnosticSet.
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000791 */
792CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getNumDiagnosticsInSet(CXDiagnosticSet Diags);
793
794/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000795 * Retrieve a diagnostic associated with the given CXDiagnosticSet.
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000796 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000797 * \param Diags the CXDiagnosticSet to query.
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000798 * \param Index the zero-based diagnostic number to retrieve.
799 *
800 * \returns the requested diagnostic. This diagnostic must be freed
801 * via a call to \c clang_disposeDiagnostic().
802 */
803CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnostic clang_getDiagnosticInSet(CXDiagnosticSet Diags,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000804 unsigned Index);
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000805
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000806/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000807 * Describes the kind of error that occurred (if any) in a call to
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000808 * \c clang_loadDiagnostics.
809 */
810enum CXLoadDiag_Error {
811 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000812 * Indicates that no error occurred.
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000813 */
814 CXLoadDiag_None = 0,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000815
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000816 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000817 * Indicates that an unknown error occurred while attempting to
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000818 * deserialize diagnostics.
819 */
820 CXLoadDiag_Unknown = 1,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000821
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000822 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000823 * Indicates that the file containing the serialized diagnostics
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000824 * could not be opened.
825 */
826 CXLoadDiag_CannotLoad = 2,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000827
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000828 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000829 * Indicates that the serialized diagnostics file is invalid or
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000830 * corrupt.
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000831 */
832 CXLoadDiag_InvalidFile = 3
833};
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000834
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000835/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000836 * Deserialize a set of diagnostics from a Clang diagnostics bitcode
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000837 * file.
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000838 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000839 * \param file The name of the file to deserialize.
840 * \param error A pointer to a enum value recording if there was a problem
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000841 * deserializing the diagnostics.
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000842 * \param errorString A pointer to a CXString for recording the error string
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000843 * if the file was not successfully loaded.
844 *
845 * \returns A loaded CXDiagnosticSet if successful, and NULL otherwise. These
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000846 * diagnostics should be released using clang_disposeDiagnosticSet().
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000847 */
848CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnosticSet clang_loadDiagnostics(const char *file,
849 enum CXLoadDiag_Error *error,
850 CXString *errorString);
851
852/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000853 * Release a CXDiagnosticSet and all of its contained diagnostics.
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000854 */
855CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeDiagnosticSet(CXDiagnosticSet Diags);
856
857/**
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000858 * Retrieve the child diagnostics of a CXDiagnostic.
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000859 *
860 * This CXDiagnosticSet does not need to be released by
Sylvestre Ledrud29d97c2013-11-17 09:46:45 +0000861 * clang_disposeDiagnosticSet.
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000862 */
863CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnosticSet clang_getChildDiagnostics(CXDiagnostic D);
864
865/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000866 * Determine the number of diagnostics produced for the given
Douglas Gregor33cdd812010-02-18 18:08:43 +0000867 * translation unit.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000868 */
Douglas Gregor33cdd812010-02-18 18:08:43 +0000869CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getNumDiagnostics(CXTranslationUnit Unit);
870
871/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000872 * Retrieve a diagnostic associated with the given translation unit.
Douglas Gregor33cdd812010-02-18 18:08:43 +0000873 *
874 * \param Unit the translation unit to query.
875 * \param Index the zero-based diagnostic number to retrieve.
876 *
877 * \returns the requested diagnostic. This diagnostic must be freed
878 * via a call to \c clang_disposeDiagnostic().
879 */
880CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnostic clang_getDiagnostic(CXTranslationUnit Unit,
881 unsigned Index);
882
883/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000884 * Retrieve the complete set of diagnostics associated with a
Ted Kremenekb4a8b052011-12-09 22:28:32 +0000885 * translation unit.
886 *
887 * \param Unit the translation unit to query.
888 */
889CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnosticSet
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000890 clang_getDiagnosticSetFromTU(CXTranslationUnit Unit);
Ted Kremenekb4a8b052011-12-09 22:28:32 +0000891
892/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000893 * Destroy a diagnostic.
Douglas Gregor33cdd812010-02-18 18:08:43 +0000894 */
895CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeDiagnostic(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic);
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000896
897/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000898 * Options to control the display of diagnostics.
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000899 *
900 * The values in this enum are meant to be combined to customize the
Sylvestre Ledrud29d97c2013-11-17 09:46:45 +0000901 * behavior of \c clang_formatDiagnostic().
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000902 */
903enum CXDiagnosticDisplayOptions {
904 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000905 * Display the source-location information where the
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000906 * diagnostic was located.
907 *
908 * When set, diagnostics will be prefixed by the file, line, and
909 * (optionally) column to which the diagnostic refers. For example,
910 *
911 * \code
912 * test.c:28: warning: extra tokens at end of #endif directive
913 * \endcode
914 *
915 * This option corresponds to the clang flag \c -fshow-source-location.
916 */
917 CXDiagnostic_DisplaySourceLocation = 0x01,
918
919 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000920 * If displaying the source-location information of the
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000921 * diagnostic, also include the column number.
922 *
923 * This option corresponds to the clang flag \c -fshow-column.
924 */
925 CXDiagnostic_DisplayColumn = 0x02,
926
927 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000928 * If displaying the source-location information of the
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000929 * diagnostic, also include information about source ranges in a
930 * machine-parsable format.
931 *
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +0000932 * This option corresponds to the clang flag
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000933 * \c -fdiagnostics-print-source-range-info.
934 */
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +0000935 CXDiagnostic_DisplaySourceRanges = 0x04,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000936
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +0000937 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000938 * Display the option name associated with this diagnostic, if any.
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +0000939 *
940 * The option name displayed (e.g., -Wconversion) will be placed in brackets
941 * after the diagnostic text. This option corresponds to the clang flag
942 * \c -fdiagnostics-show-option.
943 */
944 CXDiagnostic_DisplayOption = 0x08,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000945
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +0000946 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000947 * Display the category number associated with this diagnostic, if any.
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +0000948 *
949 * The category number is displayed within brackets after the diagnostic text.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000950 * This option corresponds to the clang flag
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +0000951 * \c -fdiagnostics-show-category=id.
952 */
953 CXDiagnostic_DisplayCategoryId = 0x10,
954
955 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000956 * Display the category name associated with this diagnostic, if any.
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +0000957 *
958 * The category name is displayed within brackets after the diagnostic text.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000959 * This option corresponds to the clang flag
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +0000960 * \c -fdiagnostics-show-category=name.
961 */
962 CXDiagnostic_DisplayCategoryName = 0x20
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000963};
964
965/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000966 * Format the given diagnostic in a manner that is suitable for display.
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000967 *
Douglas Gregord770f732010-02-22 23:17:23 +0000968 * This routine will format the given diagnostic to a string, rendering
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +0000969 * the diagnostic according to the various options given. The
970 * \c clang_defaultDiagnosticDisplayOptions() function returns the set of
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000971 * options that most closely mimics the behavior of the clang compiler.
972 *
973 * \param Diagnostic The diagnostic to print.
974 *
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +0000975 * \param Options A set of options that control the diagnostic display,
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000976 * created by combining \c CXDiagnosticDisplayOptions values.
Douglas Gregord770f732010-02-22 23:17:23 +0000977 *
978 * \returns A new string containing for formatted diagnostic.
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000979 */
Douglas Gregord770f732010-02-22 23:17:23 +0000980CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_formatDiagnostic(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic,
981 unsigned Options);
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000982
983/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000984 * Retrieve the set of display options most similar to the
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000985 * default behavior of the clang compiler.
986 *
987 * \returns A set of display options suitable for use with \c
Sylvestre Ledrud29d97c2013-11-17 09:46:45 +0000988 * clang_formatDiagnostic().
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000989 */
990CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultDiagnosticDisplayOptions(void);
991
992/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000993 * Determine the severity of the given diagnostic.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000994 */
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +0000995CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXDiagnosticSeverity
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000996clang_getDiagnosticSeverity(CXDiagnostic);
997
998/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000999 * Retrieve the source location of the given diagnostic.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001000 *
1001 * This location is where Clang would print the caret ('^') when
1002 * displaying the diagnostic on the command line.
1003 */
1004CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getDiagnosticLocation(CXDiagnostic);
1005
1006/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001007 * Retrieve the text of the given diagnostic.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001008 */
1009CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDiagnosticSpelling(CXDiagnostic);
Douglas Gregor4b8fd6d2010-02-08 23:11:56 +00001010
1011/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001012 * Retrieve the name of the command-line option that enabled this
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +00001013 * diagnostic.
1014 *
1015 * \param Diag The diagnostic to be queried.
1016 *
1017 * \param Disable If non-NULL, will be set to the option that disables this
1018 * diagnostic (if any).
1019 *
1020 * \returns A string that contains the command-line option used to enable this
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001021 * warning, such as "-Wconversion" or "-pedantic".
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +00001022 */
1023CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDiagnosticOption(CXDiagnostic Diag,
1024 CXString *Disable);
1025
1026/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001027 * Retrieve the category number for this diagnostic.
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +00001028 *
1029 * Diagnostics can be categorized into groups along with other, related
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001030 * diagnostics (e.g., diagnostics under the same warning flag). This routine
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +00001031 * retrieves the category number for the given diagnostic.
1032 *
1033 * \returns The number of the category that contains this diagnostic, or zero
1034 * if this diagnostic is uncategorized.
1035 */
1036CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getDiagnosticCategory(CXDiagnostic);
1037
1038/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001039 * Retrieve the name of a particular diagnostic category. This
Ted Kremenek26a6d492012-04-12 00:03:31 +00001040 * is now deprecated. Use clang_getDiagnosticCategoryText()
1041 * instead.
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +00001042 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001043 * \param Category A diagnostic category number, as returned by
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +00001044 * \c clang_getDiagnosticCategory().
1045 *
1046 * \returns The name of the given diagnostic category.
1047 */
Ted Kremenek26a6d492012-04-12 00:03:31 +00001048CINDEX_DEPRECATED CINDEX_LINKAGE
1049CXString clang_getDiagnosticCategoryName(unsigned Category);
1050
1051/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001052 * Retrieve the diagnostic category text for a given diagnostic.
Ted Kremenek26a6d492012-04-12 00:03:31 +00001053 *
Ted Kremenek26a6d492012-04-12 00:03:31 +00001054 * \returns The text of the given diagnostic category.
1055 */
1056CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDiagnosticCategoryText(CXDiagnostic);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001057
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +00001058/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001059 * Determine the number of source ranges associated with the given
Douglas Gregor4b8fd6d2010-02-08 23:11:56 +00001060 * diagnostic.
1061 */
1062CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getDiagnosticNumRanges(CXDiagnostic);
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00001063
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001064/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001065 * Retrieve a source range associated with the diagnostic.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001066 *
Douglas Gregor4b8fd6d2010-02-08 23:11:56 +00001067 * A diagnostic's source ranges highlight important elements in the source
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001068 * code. On the command line, Clang displays source ranges by
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00001069 * underlining them with '~' characters.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001070 *
Douglas Gregor4b8fd6d2010-02-08 23:11:56 +00001071 * \param Diagnostic the diagnostic whose range is being extracted.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001072 *
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00001073 * \param Range the zero-based index specifying which range to
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001074 *
Douglas Gregor4b8fd6d2010-02-08 23:11:56 +00001075 * \returns the requested source range.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001076 */
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00001077CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getDiagnosticRange(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic,
Douglas Gregor4b8fd6d2010-02-08 23:11:56 +00001078 unsigned Range);
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001079
1080/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001081 * Determine the number of fix-it hints associated with the
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001082 * given diagnostic.
1083 */
1084CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getDiagnosticNumFixIts(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic);
1085
1086/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001087 * Retrieve the replacement information for a given fix-it.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001088 *
Douglas Gregor836ec942010-02-19 18:16:06 +00001089 * Fix-its are described in terms of a source range whose contents
1090 * should be replaced by a string. This approach generalizes over
1091 * three kinds of operations: removal of source code (the range covers
1092 * the code to be removed and the replacement string is empty),
1093 * replacement of source code (the range covers the code to be
1094 * replaced and the replacement string provides the new code), and
1095 * insertion (both the start and end of the range point at the
1096 * insertion location, and the replacement string provides the text to
1097 * insert).
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001098 *
Douglas Gregor836ec942010-02-19 18:16:06 +00001099 * \param Diagnostic The diagnostic whose fix-its are being queried.
1100 *
1101 * \param FixIt The zero-based index of the fix-it.
1102 *
1103 * \param ReplacementRange The source range whose contents will be
1104 * replaced with the returned replacement string. Note that source
1105 * ranges are half-open ranges [a, b), so the source code should be
1106 * replaced from a and up to (but not including) b.
1107 *
1108 * \returns A string containing text that should be replace the source
1109 * code indicated by the \c ReplacementRange.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001110 */
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00001111CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDiagnosticFixIt(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic,
Douglas Gregor836ec942010-02-19 18:16:06 +00001112 unsigned FixIt,
1113 CXSourceRange *ReplacementRange);
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001114
1115/**
1116 * @}
1117 */
1118
1119/**
1120 * \defgroup CINDEX_TRANSLATION_UNIT Translation unit manipulation
1121 *
1122 * The routines in this group provide the ability to create and destroy
1123 * translation units from files, either by parsing the contents of the files or
1124 * by reading in a serialized representation of a translation unit.
1125 *
1126 * @{
1127 */
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00001128
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001129/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001130 * Get the original translation unit source file name.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001131 */
1132CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
1133clang_getTranslationUnitSpelling(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit);
1134
1135/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001136 * Return the CXTranslationUnit for a given source file and the provided
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001137 * command line arguments one would pass to the compiler.
1138 *
1139 * Note: The 'source_filename' argument is optional. If the caller provides a
1140 * NULL pointer, the name of the source file is expected to reside in the
1141 * specified command line arguments.
1142 *
1143 * Note: When encountered in 'clang_command_line_args', the following options
1144 * are ignored:
1145 *
1146 * '-c'
1147 * '-emit-ast'
1148 * '-fsyntax-only'
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00001149 * '-o \<output file>' (both '-o' and '\<output file>' are ignored)
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001150 *
Ted Kremenekbd4972442010-11-08 04:28:51 +00001151 * \param CIdx The index object with which the translation unit will be
1152 * associated.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001153 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00001154 * \param source_filename The name of the source file to load, or NULL if the
Ted Kremenekbd4972442010-11-08 04:28:51 +00001155 * source file is included in \p clang_command_line_args.
1156 *
1157 * \param num_clang_command_line_args The number of command-line arguments in
1158 * \p clang_command_line_args.
1159 *
1160 * \param clang_command_line_args The command-line arguments that would be
1161 * passed to the \c clang executable if it were being invoked out-of-process.
1162 * These command-line options will be parsed and will affect how the translation
1163 * unit is parsed. Note that the following options are ignored: '-c',
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00001164 * '-emit-ast', '-fsyntax-only' (which is the default), and '-o \<output file>'.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001165 *
1166 * \param num_unsaved_files the number of unsaved file entries in \p
1167 * unsaved_files.
1168 *
1169 * \param unsaved_files the files that have not yet been saved to disk
1170 * but may be required for code completion, including the contents of
Ted Kremenekde24a942010-04-12 18:47:26 +00001171 * those files. The contents and name of these files (as specified by
1172 * CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the client only needs to
1173 * guarantee their validity until the call to this function returns.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001174 */
1175CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile(
1176 CXIndex CIdx,
1177 const char *source_filename,
1178 int num_clang_command_line_args,
Douglas Gregor57879fa2010-09-01 16:43:19 +00001179 const char * const *clang_command_line_args,
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001180 unsigned num_unsaved_files,
Douglas Gregor33cdd812010-02-18 18:08:43 +00001181 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files);
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00001182
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001183/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001184 * Same as \c clang_createTranslationUnit2, but returns
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00001185 * the \c CXTranslationUnit instead of an error code. In case of an error this
1186 * routine returns a \c NULL \c CXTranslationUnit, without further detailed
1187 * error codes.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001188 */
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00001189CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit clang_createTranslationUnit(
1190 CXIndex CIdx,
1191 const char *ast_filename);
1192
1193/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001194 * Create a translation unit from an AST file (\c -emit-ast).
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00001195 *
1196 * \param[out] out_TU A non-NULL pointer to store the created
1197 * \c CXTranslationUnit.
1198 *
1199 * \returns Zero on success, otherwise returns an error code.
1200 */
1201CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXErrorCode clang_createTranslationUnit2(
1202 CXIndex CIdx,
1203 const char *ast_filename,
1204 CXTranslationUnit *out_TU);
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001205
Douglas Gregorbe2d8c62010-07-23 00:33:23 +00001206/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001207 * Flags that control the creation of translation units.
Douglas Gregorbe2d8c62010-07-23 00:33:23 +00001208 *
1209 * The enumerators in this enumeration type are meant to be bitwise
1210 * ORed together to specify which options should be used when
1211 * constructing the translation unit.
1212 */
Douglas Gregor99d2cf42010-07-21 18:52:53 +00001213enum CXTranslationUnit_Flags {
1214 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001215 * Used to indicate that no special translation-unit options are
Douglas Gregor99d2cf42010-07-21 18:52:53 +00001216 * needed.
1217 */
1218 CXTranslationUnit_None = 0x0,
1219
1220 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001221 * Used to indicate that the parser should construct a "detailed"
Douglas Gregor99d2cf42010-07-21 18:52:53 +00001222 * preprocessing record, including all macro definitions and instantiations.
1223 *
1224 * Constructing a detailed preprocessing record requires more memory
1225 * and time to parse, since the information contained in the record
1226 * is usually not retained. However, it can be useful for
1227 * applications that require more detailed information about the
1228 * behavior of the preprocessor.
1229 */
Douglas Gregorbe2d8c62010-07-23 00:33:23 +00001230 CXTranslationUnit_DetailedPreprocessingRecord = 0x01,
1231
1232 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001233 * Used to indicate that the translation unit is incomplete.
Douglas Gregorbe2d8c62010-07-23 00:33:23 +00001234 *
Douglas Gregor4a47bca2010-08-09 22:28:58 +00001235 * When a translation unit is considered "incomplete", semantic
1236 * analysis that is typically performed at the end of the
1237 * translation unit will be suppressed. For example, this suppresses
1238 * the completion of tentative declarations in C and of
1239 * instantiation of implicitly-instantiation function templates in
1240 * C++. This option is typically used when parsing a header with the
1241 * intent of producing a precompiled header.
Douglas Gregorbe2d8c62010-07-23 00:33:23 +00001242 */
Douglas Gregor4a47bca2010-08-09 22:28:58 +00001243 CXTranslationUnit_Incomplete = 0x02,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001244
Douglas Gregorbe2d8c62010-07-23 00:33:23 +00001245 /**
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001246 * Used to indicate that the translation unit should be built with an
Douglas Gregorbe2d8c62010-07-23 00:33:23 +00001247 * implicit precompiled header for the preamble.
1248 *
1249 * An implicit precompiled header is used as an optimization when a
1250 * particular translation unit is likely to be reparsed many times
1251 * when the sources aren't changing that often. In this case, an
1252 * implicit precompiled header will be built containing all of the
1253 * initial includes at the top of the main file (what we refer to as
1254 * the "preamble" of the file). In subsequent parses, if the
1255 * preamble or the files in it have not changed, \c
1256 * clang_reparseTranslationUnit() will re-use the implicit
1257 * precompiled header to improve parsing performance.
1258 */
Douglas Gregorde051182010-08-11 15:58:42 +00001259 CXTranslationUnit_PrecompiledPreamble = 0x04,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001260
Douglas Gregorde051182010-08-11 15:58:42 +00001261 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001262 * Used to indicate that the translation unit should cache some
Douglas Gregorde051182010-08-11 15:58:42 +00001263 * code-completion results with each reparse of the source file.
1264 *
1265 * Caching of code-completion results is a performance optimization that
1266 * introduces some overhead to reparsing but improves the performance of
1267 * code-completion operations.
1268 */
Douglas Gregorf5a18542010-10-27 17:24:53 +00001269 CXTranslationUnit_CacheCompletionResults = 0x08,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0db720f2012-10-11 16:05:00 +00001270
Douglas Gregorf5a18542010-10-27 17:24:53 +00001271 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001272 * Used to indicate that the translation unit will be serialized with
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0db720f2012-10-11 16:05:00 +00001273 * \c clang_saveTranslationUnit.
Douglas Gregorf5a18542010-10-27 17:24:53 +00001274 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0db720f2012-10-11 16:05:00 +00001275 * This option is typically used when parsing a header with the intent of
1276 * producing a precompiled header.
Douglas Gregorf5a18542010-10-27 17:24:53 +00001277 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0db720f2012-10-11 16:05:00 +00001278 CXTranslationUnit_ForSerialization = 0x10,
Douglas Gregorf5a18542010-10-27 17:24:53 +00001279
1280 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001281 * DEPRECATED: Enabled chained precompiled preambles in C++.
Douglas Gregorf5a18542010-10-27 17:24:53 +00001282 *
1283 * Note: this is a *temporary* option that is available only while
Douglas Gregor2ed0ee12011-08-25 22:54:01 +00001284 * we are testing C++ precompiled preamble support. It is deprecated.
Douglas Gregorf5a18542010-10-27 17:24:53 +00001285 */
Erik Verbruggen6e922512012-04-12 10:11:59 +00001286 CXTranslationUnit_CXXChainedPCH = 0x20,
1287
1288 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001289 * Used to indicate that function/method bodies should be skipped while
Erik Verbruggen6e922512012-04-12 10:11:59 +00001290 * parsing.
1291 *
1292 * This option can be used to search for declarations/definitions while
1293 * ignoring the usages.
1294 */
Dmitri Gribenko3292d062012-07-02 17:35:10 +00001295 CXTranslationUnit_SkipFunctionBodies = 0x40,
1296
1297 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001298 * Used to indicate that brief documentation comments should be
Dmitri Gribenko3292d062012-07-02 17:35:10 +00001299 * included into the set of code completions returned from this translation
1300 * unit.
1301 */
Benjamin Kramer5c248d82015-12-15 09:30:31 +00001302 CXTranslationUnit_IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion = 0x80,
1303
1304 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001305 * Used to indicate that the precompiled preamble should be created on
Benjamin Kramer5c248d82015-12-15 09:30:31 +00001306 * the first parse. Otherwise it will be created on the first reparse. This
1307 * trades runtime on the first parse (serializing the preamble takes time) for
1308 * reduced runtime on the second parse (can now reuse the preamble).
1309 */
Manuel Klimek016c0242016-03-01 10:56:19 +00001310 CXTranslationUnit_CreatePreambleOnFirstParse = 0x100,
1311
1312 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001313 * Do not stop processing when fatal errors are encountered.
Manuel Klimek016c0242016-03-01 10:56:19 +00001314 *
1315 * When fatal errors are encountered while parsing a translation unit,
1316 * semantic analysis is typically stopped early when compiling code. A common
1317 * source for fatal errors are unresolvable include files. For the
1318 * purposes of an IDE, this is undesirable behavior and as much information
1319 * as possible should be reported. Use this flag to enable this behavior.
1320 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis735e92c2017-06-09 01:20:48 +00001321 CXTranslationUnit_KeepGoing = 0x200,
1322
Ivan Donchevskiif70d28b2018-05-17 09:15:22 +00001323 /**
1324 * Sets the preprocessor in a mode for parsing a single file only.
1325 */
Ivan Donchevskii6e895282018-05-17 09:24:37 +00001326 CXTranslationUnit_SingleFileParse = 0x400,
1327
1328 /**
Ivan Donchevskii3957e482018-06-13 12:37:08 +00001329 * Used in combination with CXTranslationUnit_SkipFunctionBodies to
Ivan Donchevskii6e895282018-05-17 09:24:37 +00001330 * constrain the skipping of function bodies to the preamble.
1331 *
1332 * The function bodies of the main file are not skipped.
1333 */
Michael Wu153085d2018-08-03 04:21:25 +00001334 CXTranslationUnit_LimitSkipFunctionBodiesToPreamble = 0x800,
1335
1336 /**
1337 * Used to indicate that attributed types should be included in CXType.
1338 */
1339 CXTranslationUnit_IncludeAttributedTypes = 0x1000
Ivan Donchevskiif70d28b2018-05-17 09:15:22 +00001340};
1341
1342/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001343 * Returns the set of flags that is suitable for parsing a translation
Douglas Gregor4a47bca2010-08-09 22:28:58 +00001344 * unit that is being edited.
1345 *
1346 * The set of flags returned provide options for \c clang_parseTranslationUnit()
1347 * to indicate that the translation unit is likely to be reparsed many times,
1348 * either explicitly (via \c clang_reparseTranslationUnit()) or implicitly
1349 * (e.g., by code completion (\c clang_codeCompletionAt())). The returned flag
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001350 * set contains an unspecified set of optimizations (e.g., the precompiled
Douglas Gregor4a47bca2010-08-09 22:28:58 +00001351 * preamble) geared toward improving the performance of these routines. The
1352 * set of optimizations enabled may change from one version to the next.
1353 */
Douglas Gregorde051182010-08-11 15:58:42 +00001354CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultEditingTranslationUnitOptions(void);
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00001355
1356/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001357 * Same as \c clang_parseTranslationUnit2, but returns
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00001358 * the \c CXTranslationUnit instead of an error code. In case of an error this
1359 * routine returns a \c NULL \c CXTranslationUnit, without further detailed
1360 * error codes.
1361 */
1362CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit
1363clang_parseTranslationUnit(CXIndex CIdx,
1364 const char *source_filename,
1365 const char *const *command_line_args,
1366 int num_command_line_args,
1367 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
1368 unsigned num_unsaved_files,
1369 unsigned options);
1370
Douglas Gregor4a47bca2010-08-09 22:28:58 +00001371/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001372 * Parse the given source file and the translation unit corresponding
Douglas Gregor99d2cf42010-07-21 18:52:53 +00001373 * to that file.
1374 *
1375 * This routine is the main entry point for the Clang C API, providing the
1376 * ability to parse a source file into a translation unit that can then be
1377 * queried by other functions in the API. This routine accepts a set of
1378 * command-line arguments so that the compilation can be configured in the same
1379 * way that the compiler is configured on the command line.
1380 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001381 * \param CIdx The index object with which the translation unit will be
Douglas Gregor99d2cf42010-07-21 18:52:53 +00001382 * associated.
1383 *
1384 * \param source_filename The name of the source file to load, or NULL if the
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00001385 * source file is included in \c command_line_args.
Douglas Gregor99d2cf42010-07-21 18:52:53 +00001386 *
1387 * \param command_line_args The command-line arguments that would be
1388 * passed to the \c clang executable if it were being invoked out-of-process.
1389 * These command-line options will be parsed and will affect how the translation
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001390 * unit is parsed. Note that the following options are ignored: '-c',
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00001391 * '-emit-ast', '-fsyntax-only' (which is the default), and '-o \<output file>'.
Douglas Gregor99d2cf42010-07-21 18:52:53 +00001392 *
1393 * \param num_command_line_args The number of command-line arguments in
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00001394 * \c command_line_args.
Douglas Gregor99d2cf42010-07-21 18:52:53 +00001395 *
1396 * \param unsaved_files the files that have not yet been saved to disk
Douglas Gregor8e984da2010-08-04 16:47:14 +00001397 * but may be required for parsing, including the contents of
Douglas Gregor99d2cf42010-07-21 18:52:53 +00001398 * those files. The contents and name of these files (as specified by
1399 * CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the client only needs to
1400 * guarantee their validity until the call to this function returns.
1401 *
1402 * \param num_unsaved_files the number of unsaved file entries in \p
1403 * unsaved_files.
1404 *
1405 * \param options A bitmask of options that affects how the translation unit
1406 * is managed but not its compilation. This should be a bitwise OR of the
1407 * CXTranslationUnit_XXX flags.
1408 *
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00001409 * \param[out] out_TU A non-NULL pointer to store the created
1410 * \c CXTranslationUnit, describing the parsed code and containing any
1411 * diagnostics produced by the compiler.
1412 *
1413 * \returns Zero on success, otherwise returns an error code.
Douglas Gregor99d2cf42010-07-21 18:52:53 +00001414 */
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00001415CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXErrorCode
1416clang_parseTranslationUnit2(CXIndex CIdx,
1417 const char *source_filename,
1418 const char *const *command_line_args,
1419 int num_command_line_args,
1420 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
1421 unsigned num_unsaved_files,
1422 unsigned options,
1423 CXTranslationUnit *out_TU);
1424
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001425/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001426 * Same as clang_parseTranslationUnit2 but requires a full command line
Benjamin Kramerc02670e2015-11-18 16:14:27 +00001427 * for \c command_line_args including argv[0]. This is useful if the standard
1428 * library paths are relative to the binary.
1429 */
1430CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXErrorCode clang_parseTranslationUnit2FullArgv(
1431 CXIndex CIdx, const char *source_filename,
1432 const char *const *command_line_args, int num_command_line_args,
1433 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files, unsigned num_unsaved_files,
1434 unsigned options, CXTranslationUnit *out_TU);
1435
1436/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001437 * Flags that control how translation units are saved.
Douglas Gregor6bb92ec2010-08-13 15:35:05 +00001438 *
1439 * The enumerators in this enumeration type are meant to be bitwise
1440 * ORed together to specify which options should be used when
1441 * saving the translation unit.
1442 */
1443enum CXSaveTranslationUnit_Flags {
1444 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001445 * Used to indicate that no special saving options are needed.
Douglas Gregor6bb92ec2010-08-13 15:35:05 +00001446 */
1447 CXSaveTranslationUnit_None = 0x0
1448};
1449
1450/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001451 * Returns the set of flags that is suitable for saving a translation
Douglas Gregor6bb92ec2010-08-13 15:35:05 +00001452 * unit.
1453 *
1454 * The set of flags returned provide options for
1455 * \c clang_saveTranslationUnit() by default. The returned flag
1456 * set contains an unspecified set of options that save translation units with
1457 * the most commonly-requested data.
1458 */
1459CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultSaveOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU);
1460
1461/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001462 * Describes the kind of error that occurred (if any) in a call to
Douglas Gregor30c80fa2011-07-06 16:43:36 +00001463 * \c clang_saveTranslationUnit().
1464 */
1465enum CXSaveError {
1466 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001467 * Indicates that no error occurred while saving a translation unit.
Douglas Gregor30c80fa2011-07-06 16:43:36 +00001468 */
1469 CXSaveError_None = 0,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001470
Douglas Gregor30c80fa2011-07-06 16:43:36 +00001471 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001472 * Indicates that an unknown error occurred while attempting to save
Douglas Gregor30c80fa2011-07-06 16:43:36 +00001473 * the file.
1474 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001475 * This error typically indicates that file I/O failed when attempting to
Douglas Gregor30c80fa2011-07-06 16:43:36 +00001476 * write the file.
1477 */
1478 CXSaveError_Unknown = 1,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001479
Douglas Gregor30c80fa2011-07-06 16:43:36 +00001480 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001481 * Indicates that errors during translation prevented this attempt
Douglas Gregor30c80fa2011-07-06 16:43:36 +00001482 * to save the translation unit.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001483 *
Douglas Gregor30c80fa2011-07-06 16:43:36 +00001484 * Errors that prevent the translation unit from being saved can be
1485 * extracted using \c clang_getNumDiagnostics() and \c clang_getDiagnostic().
1486 */
1487 CXSaveError_TranslationErrors = 2,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001488
Douglas Gregor30c80fa2011-07-06 16:43:36 +00001489 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001490 * Indicates that the translation unit to be saved was somehow
Douglas Gregor30c80fa2011-07-06 16:43:36 +00001491 * invalid (e.g., NULL).
1492 */
1493 CXSaveError_InvalidTU = 3
1494};
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001495
Douglas Gregor30c80fa2011-07-06 16:43:36 +00001496/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001497 * Saves a translation unit into a serialized representation of
Douglas Gregore9386682010-08-13 05:36:37 +00001498 * that translation unit on disk.
1499 *
1500 * Any translation unit that was parsed without error can be saved
1501 * into a file. The translation unit can then be deserialized into a
1502 * new \c CXTranslationUnit with \c clang_createTranslationUnit() or,
1503 * if it is an incomplete translation unit that corresponds to a
1504 * header, used as a precompiled header when parsing other translation
1505 * units.
1506 *
1507 * \param TU The translation unit to save.
Douglas Gregor6bb92ec2010-08-13 15:35:05 +00001508 *
Douglas Gregore9386682010-08-13 05:36:37 +00001509 * \param FileName The file to which the translation unit will be saved.
1510 *
Douglas Gregor6bb92ec2010-08-13 15:35:05 +00001511 * \param options A bitmask of options that affects how the translation unit
1512 * is saved. This should be a bitwise OR of the
1513 * CXSaveTranslationUnit_XXX flags.
1514 *
Douglas Gregor30c80fa2011-07-06 16:43:36 +00001515 * \returns A value that will match one of the enumerators of the CXSaveError
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001516 * enumeration. Zero (CXSaveError_None) indicates that the translation unit was
Douglas Gregor30c80fa2011-07-06 16:43:36 +00001517 * saved successfully, while a non-zero value indicates that a problem occurred.
Douglas Gregore9386682010-08-13 05:36:37 +00001518 */
1519CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_saveTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU,
Douglas Gregor6bb92ec2010-08-13 15:35:05 +00001520 const char *FileName,
1521 unsigned options);
Douglas Gregore9386682010-08-13 05:36:37 +00001522
1523/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001524 * Suspend a translation unit in order to free memory associated with it.
Erik Verbruggen346066b2017-05-30 14:25:54 +00001525 *
1526 * A suspended translation unit uses significantly less memory but on the other
1527 * side does not support any other calls than \c clang_reparseTranslationUnit
1528 * to resume it or \c clang_disposeTranslationUnit to dispose it completely.
1529 */
1530CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_suspendTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit);
1531
1532/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001533 * Destroy the specified CXTranslationUnit object.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001534 */
1535CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit);
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00001536
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001537/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001538 * Flags that control the reparsing of translation units.
Douglas Gregorde051182010-08-11 15:58:42 +00001539 *
1540 * The enumerators in this enumeration type are meant to be bitwise
1541 * ORed together to specify which options should be used when
1542 * reparsing the translation unit.
1543 */
1544enum CXReparse_Flags {
1545 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001546 * Used to indicate that no special reparsing options are needed.
Douglas Gregorde051182010-08-11 15:58:42 +00001547 */
1548 CXReparse_None = 0x0
1549};
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001550
Douglas Gregorde051182010-08-11 15:58:42 +00001551/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001552 * Returns the set of flags that is suitable for reparsing a translation
Douglas Gregorde051182010-08-11 15:58:42 +00001553 * unit.
1554 *
1555 * The set of flags returned provide options for
1556 * \c clang_reparseTranslationUnit() by default. The returned flag
1557 * set contains an unspecified set of optimizations geared toward common uses
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001558 * of reparsing. The set of optimizations enabled may change from one version
Douglas Gregorde051182010-08-11 15:58:42 +00001559 * to the next.
1560 */
1561CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultReparseOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU);
1562
1563/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001564 * Reparse the source files that produced this translation unit.
Douglas Gregoraa21cc42010-07-19 21:46:24 +00001565 *
1566 * This routine can be used to re-parse the source files that originally
1567 * created the given translation unit, for example because those source files
1568 * have changed (either on disk or as passed via \p unsaved_files). The
1569 * source code will be reparsed with the same command-line options as it
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001570 * was originally parsed.
Douglas Gregoraa21cc42010-07-19 21:46:24 +00001571 *
1572 * Reparsing a translation unit invalidates all cursors and source locations
1573 * that refer into that translation unit. This makes reparsing a translation
1574 * unit semantically equivalent to destroying the translation unit and then
1575 * creating a new translation unit with the same command-line arguments.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001576 * However, it may be more efficient to reparse a translation
Douglas Gregoraa21cc42010-07-19 21:46:24 +00001577 * unit using this routine.
1578 *
1579 * \param TU The translation unit whose contents will be re-parsed. The
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001580 * translation unit must originally have been built with
Douglas Gregoraa21cc42010-07-19 21:46:24 +00001581 * \c clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile().
1582 *
1583 * \param num_unsaved_files The number of unsaved file entries in \p
1584 * unsaved_files.
1585 *
1586 * \param unsaved_files The files that have not yet been saved to disk
1587 * but may be required for parsing, including the contents of
1588 * those files. The contents and name of these files (as specified by
1589 * CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the client only needs to
1590 * guarantee their validity until the call to this function returns.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001591 *
Douglas Gregorde051182010-08-11 15:58:42 +00001592 * \param options A bitset of options composed of the flags in CXReparse_Flags.
1593 * The function \c clang_defaultReparseOptions() produces a default set of
1594 * options recommended for most uses, based on the translation unit.
1595 *
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00001596 * \returns 0 if the sources could be reparsed. A non-zero error code will be
Douglas Gregoraa21cc42010-07-19 21:46:24 +00001597 * returned if reparsing was impossible, such that the translation unit is
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00001598 * invalid. In such cases, the only valid call for \c TU is
1599 * \c clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU). The error codes returned by this
1600 * routine are described by the \c CXErrorCode enum.
Douglas Gregoraa21cc42010-07-19 21:46:24 +00001601 */
1602CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_reparseTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU,
1603 unsigned num_unsaved_files,
Douglas Gregorde051182010-08-11 15:58:42 +00001604 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
1605 unsigned options);
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001606
1607/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001608 * Categorizes how memory is being used by a translation unit.
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001609 */
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001610enum CXTUResourceUsageKind {
1611 CXTUResourceUsage_AST = 1,
1612 CXTUResourceUsage_Identifiers = 2,
1613 CXTUResourceUsage_Selectors = 3,
1614 CXTUResourceUsage_GlobalCompletionResults = 4,
Ted Kremenek21735e62011-04-28 04:10:31 +00001615 CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManagerContentCache = 5,
Ted Kremenekf5df0ce2011-04-28 04:53:38 +00001616 CXTUResourceUsage_AST_SideTables = 6,
Ted Kremenek8d587902011-04-28 20:36:42 +00001617 CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_Malloc = 7,
Ted Kremenek5e1ed7b2011-04-28 23:46:20 +00001618 CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_MMap = 8,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001619 CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_Malloc = 9,
1620 CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_MMap = 10,
Ted Kremenek2160a0d2011-05-04 01:38:46 +00001621 CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor = 11,
1622 CXTUResourceUsage_PreprocessingRecord = 12,
Ted Kremenek120992a2011-07-26 23:46:06 +00001623 CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_DataStructures = 13,
Ted Kremenekfbcce6f2011-07-26 23:46:11 +00001624 CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch = 14,
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001625 CXTUResourceUsage_MEMORY_IN_BYTES_BEGIN = CXTUResourceUsage_AST,
1626 CXTUResourceUsage_MEMORY_IN_BYTES_END =
Ted Kremenekfbcce6f2011-07-26 23:46:11 +00001627 CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch,
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001628
1629 CXTUResourceUsage_First = CXTUResourceUsage_AST,
Ted Kremenekfbcce6f2011-07-26 23:46:11 +00001630 CXTUResourceUsage_Last = CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001631};
1632
1633/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001634 * Returns the human-readable null-terminated C string that represents
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001635 * the name of the memory category. This string should never be freed.
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001636 */
1637CINDEX_LINKAGE
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001638const char *clang_getTUResourceUsageName(enum CXTUResourceUsageKind kind);
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001639
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001640typedef struct CXTUResourceUsageEntry {
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001641 /* The memory usage category. */
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001642 enum CXTUResourceUsageKind kind;
1643 /* Amount of resources used.
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001644 The units will depend on the resource kind. */
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001645 unsigned long amount;
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001646} CXTUResourceUsageEntry;
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001647
1648/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001649 * The memory usage of a CXTranslationUnit, broken into categories.
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001650 */
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001651typedef struct CXTUResourceUsage {
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001652 /* Private data member, used for queries. */
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001653 void *data;
1654
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001655 /* The number of entries in the 'entries' array. */
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001656 unsigned numEntries;
1657
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001658 /* An array of key-value pairs, representing the breakdown of memory
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001659 usage. */
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001660 CXTUResourceUsageEntry *entries;
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001661
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001662} CXTUResourceUsage;
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001663
1664/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001665 * Return the memory usage of a translation unit. This object
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001666 * should be released with clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage().
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001667 */
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001668CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTUResourceUsage clang_getCXTUResourceUsage(CXTranslationUnit TU);
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001669
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001670CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage(CXTUResourceUsage usage);
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001671
Douglas Gregoraa21cc42010-07-19 21:46:24 +00001672/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001673 * Get target information for this translation unit.
Emilio Cobos Alvarez485ad422017-04-28 15:56:39 +00001674 *
1675 * The CXTargetInfo object cannot outlive the CXTranslationUnit object.
1676 */
1677CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTargetInfo
1678clang_getTranslationUnitTargetInfo(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit);
1679
1680/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001681 * Destroy the CXTargetInfo object.
Emilio Cobos Alvarez485ad422017-04-28 15:56:39 +00001682 */
1683CINDEX_LINKAGE void
1684clang_TargetInfo_dispose(CXTargetInfo Info);
1685
1686/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001687 * Get the normalized target triple as a string.
Emilio Cobos Alvarez485ad422017-04-28 15:56:39 +00001688 *
1689 * Returns the empty string in case of any error.
1690 */
1691CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
1692clang_TargetInfo_getTriple(CXTargetInfo Info);
1693
1694/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001695 * Get the pointer width of the target in bits.
Emilio Cobos Alvarez485ad422017-04-28 15:56:39 +00001696 *
1697 * Returns -1 in case of error.
1698 */
1699CINDEX_LINKAGE int
1700clang_TargetInfo_getPointerWidth(CXTargetInfo Info);
1701
1702/**
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001703 * @}
1704 */
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00001705
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001706/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001707 * Describes the kind of entity that a cursor refers to.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001708 */
1709enum CXCursorKind {
1710 /* Declarations */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001711 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001712 * A declaration whose specific kind is not exposed via this
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001713 * interface.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001714 *
1715 * Unexposed declarations have the same operations as any other kind
1716 * of declaration; one can extract their location information,
1717 * spelling, find their definitions, etc. However, the specific kind
1718 * of the declaration is not reported.
1719 */
1720 CXCursor_UnexposedDecl = 1,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001721 /** A C or C++ struct. */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001722 CXCursor_StructDecl = 2,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001723 /** A C or C++ union. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001724 CXCursor_UnionDecl = 3,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001725 /** A C++ class. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001726 CXCursor_ClassDecl = 4,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001727 /** An enumeration. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001728 CXCursor_EnumDecl = 5,
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001729 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001730 * A field (in C) or non-static data member (in C++) in a
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001731 * struct, union, or C++ class.
1732 */
1733 CXCursor_FieldDecl = 6,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001734 /** An enumerator constant. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001735 CXCursor_EnumConstantDecl = 7,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001736 /** A function. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001737 CXCursor_FunctionDecl = 8,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001738 /** A variable. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001739 CXCursor_VarDecl = 9,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001740 /** A function or method parameter. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001741 CXCursor_ParmDecl = 10,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001742 /** An Objective-C \@interface. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001743 CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl = 11,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001744 /** An Objective-C \@interface for a category. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001745 CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl = 12,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001746 /** An Objective-C \@protocol declaration. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001747 CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl = 13,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001748 /** An Objective-C \@property declaration. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001749 CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl = 14,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001750 /** An Objective-C instance variable. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001751 CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl = 15,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001752 /** An Objective-C instance method. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001753 CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl = 16,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001754 /** An Objective-C class method. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001755 CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl = 17,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001756 /** An Objective-C \@implementation. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001757 CXCursor_ObjCImplementationDecl = 18,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001758 /** An Objective-C \@implementation for a category. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001759 CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl = 19,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001760 /** A typedef. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001761 CXCursor_TypedefDecl = 20,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001762 /** A C++ class method. */
Ted Kremenek225b8e32010-04-13 23:39:06 +00001763 CXCursor_CXXMethod = 21,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001764 /** A C++ namespace. */
Ted Kremenekbd67fb22010-05-06 23:38:21 +00001765 CXCursor_Namespace = 22,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001766 /** A linkage specification, e.g. 'extern "C"'. */
Ted Kremenekb80cba52010-05-07 01:04:29 +00001767 CXCursor_LinkageSpec = 23,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001768 /** A C++ constructor. */
Douglas Gregor12bca222010-08-31 14:41:23 +00001769 CXCursor_Constructor = 24,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001770 /** A C++ destructor. */
Douglas Gregor12bca222010-08-31 14:41:23 +00001771 CXCursor_Destructor = 25,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001772 /** A C++ conversion function. */
Douglas Gregor12bca222010-08-31 14:41:23 +00001773 CXCursor_ConversionFunction = 26,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001774 /** A C++ template type parameter. */
Douglas Gregor713602b2010-08-31 17:01:39 +00001775 CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter = 27,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001776 /** A C++ non-type template parameter. */
Douglas Gregor713602b2010-08-31 17:01:39 +00001777 CXCursor_NonTypeTemplateParameter = 28,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001778 /** A C++ template template parameter. */
Douglas Gregor713602b2010-08-31 17:01:39 +00001779 CXCursor_TemplateTemplateParameter = 29,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001780 /** A C++ function template. */
Douglas Gregor713602b2010-08-31 17:01:39 +00001781 CXCursor_FunctionTemplate = 30,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001782 /** A C++ class template. */
Douglas Gregor1fbaeb12010-08-31 19:02:00 +00001783 CXCursor_ClassTemplate = 31,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001784 /** A C++ class template partial specialization. */
Douglas Gregorf96abb22010-08-31 19:31:58 +00001785 CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization = 32,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001786 /** A C++ namespace alias declaration. */
Douglas Gregora89314e2010-08-31 23:48:11 +00001787 CXCursor_NamespaceAlias = 33,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001788 /** A C++ using directive. */
Douglas Gregor01a430132010-09-01 03:07:18 +00001789 CXCursor_UsingDirective = 34,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001790 /** A C++ using declaration. */
Douglas Gregora9aa29c2010-09-01 19:52:22 +00001791 CXCursor_UsingDeclaration = 35,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001792 /** A C++ alias declaration */
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00001793 CXCursor_TypeAliasDecl = 36,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001794 /** An Objective-C \@synthesize definition. */
Douglas Gregor4cd65962011-06-03 23:08:58 +00001795 CXCursor_ObjCSynthesizeDecl = 37,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001796 /** An Objective-C \@dynamic definition. */
Douglas Gregor4cd65962011-06-03 23:08:58 +00001797 CXCursor_ObjCDynamicDecl = 38,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001798 /** An access specifier. */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis12afd702011-09-30 17:58:23 +00001799 CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier = 39,
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00001800
Ted Kremenek08de5c12010-05-19 21:51:10 +00001801 CXCursor_FirstDecl = CXCursor_UnexposedDecl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis12afd702011-09-30 17:58:23 +00001802 CXCursor_LastDecl = CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier,
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001803
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001804 /* References */
1805 CXCursor_FirstRef = 40, /* Decl references */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001806 CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef = 40,
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001807 CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef = 41,
1808 CXCursor_ObjCClassRef = 42,
1809 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001810 * A reference to a type declaration.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001811 *
1812 * A type reference occurs anywhere where a type is named but not
1813 * declared. For example, given:
1814 *
1815 * \code
1816 * typedef unsigned size_type;
1817 * size_type size;
1818 * \endcode
1819 *
1820 * The typedef is a declaration of size_type (CXCursor_TypedefDecl),
1821 * while the type of the variable "size" is referenced. The cursor
1822 * referenced by the type of size is the typedef for size_type.
1823 */
1824 CXCursor_TypeRef = 43,
Ted Kremenekae9e2212010-08-27 21:34:58 +00001825 CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier = 44,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001826 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001827 * A reference to a class template, function template, template
Douglas Gregorf3af3112010-09-09 21:42:20 +00001828 * template parameter, or class template partial specialization.
Douglas Gregora23e8f72010-08-31 20:37:03 +00001829 */
1830 CXCursor_TemplateRef = 45,
Douglas Gregora89314e2010-08-31 23:48:11 +00001831 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001832 * A reference to a namespace or namespace alias.
Douglas Gregora89314e2010-08-31 23:48:11 +00001833 */
1834 CXCursor_NamespaceRef = 46,
Douglas Gregorf3af3112010-09-09 21:42:20 +00001835 /**
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001836 * A reference to a member of a struct, union, or class that occurs in
Douglas Gregora93ab662010-09-10 00:22:18 +00001837 * some non-expression context, e.g., a designated initializer.
Douglas Gregorf3af3112010-09-09 21:42:20 +00001838 */
1839 CXCursor_MemberRef = 47,
Douglas Gregora93ab662010-09-10 00:22:18 +00001840 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001841 * A reference to a labeled statement.
Douglas Gregora93ab662010-09-10 00:22:18 +00001842 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001843 * This cursor kind is used to describe the jump to "start_over" in the
Douglas Gregora93ab662010-09-10 00:22:18 +00001844 * goto statement in the following example:
1845 *
1846 * \code
1847 * start_over:
1848 * ++counter;
1849 *
1850 * goto start_over;
1851 * \endcode
1852 *
1853 * A label reference cursor refers to a label statement.
1854 */
1855 CXCursor_LabelRef = 48,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001856
Douglas Gregor16a2bdd2010-09-13 22:52:57 +00001857 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001858 * A reference to a set of overloaded functions or function templates
Douglas Gregor16a2bdd2010-09-13 22:52:57 +00001859 * that has not yet been resolved to a specific function or function template.
1860 *
1861 * An overloaded declaration reference cursor occurs in C++ templates where
1862 * a dependent name refers to a function. For example:
1863 *
1864 * \code
1865 * template<typename T> void swap(T&, T&);
1866 *
1867 * struct X { ... };
1868 * void swap(X&, X&);
1869 *
1870 * template<typename T>
1871 * void reverse(T* first, T* last) {
1872 * while (first < last - 1) {
1873 * swap(*first, *--last);
1874 * ++first;
1875 * }
1876 * }
1877 *
1878 * struct Y { };
1879 * void swap(Y&, Y&);
1880 * \endcode
1881 *
1882 * Here, the identifier "swap" is associated with an overloaded declaration
1883 * reference. In the template definition, "swap" refers to either of the two
1884 * "swap" functions declared above, so both results will be available. At
1885 * instantiation time, "swap" may also refer to other functions found via
1886 * argument-dependent lookup (e.g., the "swap" function at the end of the
1887 * example).
1888 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001889 * The functions \c clang_getNumOverloadedDecls() and
Douglas Gregor16a2bdd2010-09-13 22:52:57 +00001890 * \c clang_getOverloadedDecl() can be used to retrieve the definitions
1891 * referenced by this cursor.
1892 */
1893 CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef = 49,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001894
Douglas Gregor30093832012-02-15 00:54:55 +00001895 /**
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001896 * A reference to a variable that occurs in some non-expression
Douglas Gregor30093832012-02-15 00:54:55 +00001897 * context, e.g., a C++ lambda capture list.
1898 */
1899 CXCursor_VariableRef = 50,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001900
Douglas Gregor30093832012-02-15 00:54:55 +00001901 CXCursor_LastRef = CXCursor_VariableRef,
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001902
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001903 /* Error conditions */
1904 CXCursor_FirstInvalid = 70,
1905 CXCursor_InvalidFile = 70,
1906 CXCursor_NoDeclFound = 71,
1907 CXCursor_NotImplemented = 72,
Ted Kremeneke184ac52010-03-19 20:39:03 +00001908 CXCursor_InvalidCode = 73,
1909 CXCursor_LastInvalid = CXCursor_InvalidCode,
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001910
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001911 /* Expressions */
1912 CXCursor_FirstExpr = 100,
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001913
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001914 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001915 * An expression whose specific kind is not exposed via this
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001916 * interface.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001917 *
1918 * Unexposed expressions have the same operations as any other kind
1919 * of expression; one can extract their location information,
1920 * spelling, children, etc. However, the specific kind of the
1921 * expression is not reported.
1922 */
1923 CXCursor_UnexposedExpr = 100,
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001924
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001925 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001926 * An expression that refers to some value declaration, such
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00001927 * as a function, variable, or enumerator.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001928 */
1929 CXCursor_DeclRefExpr = 101,
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001930
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001931 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001932 * An expression that refers to a member of a struct, union,
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001933 * class, Objective-C class, etc.
1934 */
1935 CXCursor_MemberRefExpr = 102,
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001936
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001937 /** An expression that calls a function. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001938 CXCursor_CallExpr = 103,
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001939
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001940 /** An expression that sends a message to an Objective-C
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001941 object or class. */
1942 CXCursor_ObjCMessageExpr = 104,
Ted Kremenek33b9a422010-04-11 21:47:37 +00001943
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001944 /** An expression that represents a block literal. */
Ted Kremenek33b9a422010-04-11 21:47:37 +00001945 CXCursor_BlockExpr = 105,
1946
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001947 /** An integer literal.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00001948 */
1949 CXCursor_IntegerLiteral = 106,
1950
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001951 /** A floating point number literal.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00001952 */
1953 CXCursor_FloatingLiteral = 107,
1954
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001955 /** An imaginary number literal.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00001956 */
1957 CXCursor_ImaginaryLiteral = 108,
1958
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001959 /** A string literal.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00001960 */
1961 CXCursor_StringLiteral = 109,
1962
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001963 /** A character literal.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00001964 */
1965 CXCursor_CharacterLiteral = 110,
1966
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001967 /** A parenthesized expression, e.g. "(1)".
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00001968 *
1969 * This AST node is only formed if full location information is requested.
1970 */
1971 CXCursor_ParenExpr = 111,
1972
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001973 /** This represents the unary-expression's (except sizeof and
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00001974 * alignof).
1975 */
1976 CXCursor_UnaryOperator = 112,
1977
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001978 /** [C99 6.5.2.1] Array Subscripting.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00001979 */
1980 CXCursor_ArraySubscriptExpr = 113,
1981
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001982 /** A builtin binary operation expression such as "x + y" or
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00001983 * "x <= y".
1984 */
1985 CXCursor_BinaryOperator = 114,
1986
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001987 /** Compound assignment such as "+=".
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00001988 */
1989 CXCursor_CompoundAssignOperator = 115,
1990
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001991 /** The ?: ternary operator.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00001992 */
1993 CXCursor_ConditionalOperator = 116,
1994
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001995 /** An explicit cast in C (C99 6.5.4) or a C-style cast in C++
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00001996 * (C++ [expr.cast]), which uses the syntax (Type)expr.
1997 *
1998 * For example: (int)f.
1999 */
2000 CXCursor_CStyleCastExpr = 117,
2001
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002002 /** [C99 6.5.2.5]
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002003 */
2004 CXCursor_CompoundLiteralExpr = 118,
2005
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002006 /** Describes an C or C++ initializer list.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002007 */
2008 CXCursor_InitListExpr = 119,
2009
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002010 /** The GNU address of label extension, representing &&label.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002011 */
2012 CXCursor_AddrLabelExpr = 120,
2013
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002014 /** This is the GNU Statement Expression extension: ({int X=4; X;})
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002015 */
2016 CXCursor_StmtExpr = 121,
2017
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002018 /** Represents a C11 generic selection.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002019 */
2020 CXCursor_GenericSelectionExpr = 122,
2021
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002022 /** Implements the GNU __null extension, which is a name for a null
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002023 * pointer constant that has integral type (e.g., int or long) and is the same
2024 * size and alignment as a pointer.
2025 *
2026 * The __null extension is typically only used by system headers, which define
2027 * NULL as __null in C++ rather than using 0 (which is an integer that may not
2028 * match the size of a pointer).
2029 */
2030 CXCursor_GNUNullExpr = 123,
2031
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002032 /** C++'s static_cast<> expression.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002033 */
2034 CXCursor_CXXStaticCastExpr = 124,
2035
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002036 /** C++'s dynamic_cast<> expression.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002037 */
2038 CXCursor_CXXDynamicCastExpr = 125,
2039
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002040 /** C++'s reinterpret_cast<> expression.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002041 */
2042 CXCursor_CXXReinterpretCastExpr = 126,
2043
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002044 /** C++'s const_cast<> expression.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002045 */
2046 CXCursor_CXXConstCastExpr = 127,
2047
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002048 /** Represents an explicit C++ type conversion that uses "functional"
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002049 * notion (C++ [expr.type.conv]).
2050 *
2051 * Example:
2052 * \code
2053 * x = int(0.5);
2054 * \endcode
2055 */
2056 CXCursor_CXXFunctionalCastExpr = 128,
2057
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002058 /** A C++ typeid expression (C++ [expr.typeid]).
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002059 */
2060 CXCursor_CXXTypeidExpr = 129,
2061
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002062 /** [C++ 2.13.5] C++ Boolean Literal.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002063 */
2064 CXCursor_CXXBoolLiteralExpr = 130,
2065
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002066 /** [C++0x 2.14.7] C++ Pointer Literal.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002067 */
2068 CXCursor_CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr = 131,
2069
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002070 /** Represents the "this" expression in C++
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002071 */
2072 CXCursor_CXXThisExpr = 132,
2073
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002074 /** [C++ 15] C++ Throw Expression.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002075 *
2076 * This handles 'throw' and 'throw' assignment-expression. When
2077 * assignment-expression isn't present, Op will be null.
2078 */
2079 CXCursor_CXXThrowExpr = 133,
2080
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002081 /** A new expression for memory allocation and constructor calls, e.g:
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002082 * "new CXXNewExpr(foo)".
2083 */
2084 CXCursor_CXXNewExpr = 134,
2085
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002086 /** A delete expression for memory deallocation and destructor calls,
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002087 * e.g. "delete[] pArray".
2088 */
2089 CXCursor_CXXDeleteExpr = 135,
2090
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002091 /** A unary expression. (noexcept, sizeof, or other traits)
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002092 */
2093 CXCursor_UnaryExpr = 136,
2094
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002095 /** An Objective-C string literal i.e. @"foo".
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002096 */
2097 CXCursor_ObjCStringLiteral = 137,
2098
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002099 /** An Objective-C \@encode expression.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002100 */
2101 CXCursor_ObjCEncodeExpr = 138,
2102
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002103 /** An Objective-C \@selector expression.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002104 */
2105 CXCursor_ObjCSelectorExpr = 139,
2106
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002107 /** An Objective-C \@protocol expression.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002108 */
2109 CXCursor_ObjCProtocolExpr = 140,
2110
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002111 /** An Objective-C "bridged" cast expression, which casts between
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002112 * Objective-C pointers and C pointers, transferring ownership in the process.
2113 *
2114 * \code
2115 * NSString *str = (__bridge_transfer NSString *)CFCreateString();
2116 * \endcode
2117 */
2118 CXCursor_ObjCBridgedCastExpr = 141,
2119
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002120 /** Represents a C++0x pack expansion that produces a sequence of
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002121 * expressions.
2122 *
2123 * A pack expansion expression contains a pattern (which itself is an
2124 * expression) followed by an ellipsis. For example:
2125 *
2126 * \code
2127 * template<typename F, typename ...Types>
2128 * void forward(F f, Types &&...args) {
2129 * f(static_cast<Types&&>(args)...);
2130 * }
2131 * \endcode
2132 */
2133 CXCursor_PackExpansionExpr = 142,
2134
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002135 /** Represents an expression that computes the length of a parameter
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002136 * pack.
2137 *
2138 * \code
2139 * template<typename ...Types>
2140 * struct count {
2141 * static const unsigned value = sizeof...(Types);
2142 * };
2143 * \endcode
2144 */
2145 CXCursor_SizeOfPackExpr = 143,
2146
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002147 /* Represents a C++ lambda expression that produces a local function
Douglas Gregor30093832012-02-15 00:54:55 +00002148 * object.
2149 *
2150 * \code
2151 * void abssort(float *x, unsigned N) {
2152 * std::sort(x, x + N,
2153 * [](float a, float b) {
2154 * return std::abs(a) < std::abs(b);
2155 * });
2156 * }
2157 * \endcode
2158 */
2159 CXCursor_LambdaExpr = 144,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00002160
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002161 /** Objective-c Boolean Literal.
Ted Kremenek77006f62012-03-06 20:06:06 +00002162 */
2163 CXCursor_ObjCBoolLiteralExpr = 145,
2164
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002165 /** Represents the "self" expression in an Objective-C method.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc2233be2013-04-23 17:57:17 +00002166 */
2167 CXCursor_ObjCSelfExpr = 146,
2168
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002169 /** OpenMP 4.0 [2.4, Array Section].
Alexey Bataev1a3320e2015-08-25 14:24:04 +00002170 */
2171 CXCursor_OMPArraySectionExpr = 147,
2172
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002173 /** Represents an @available(...) check.
Erik Pilkington29099de2016-07-16 00:35:23 +00002174 */
2175 CXCursor_ObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr = 148,
2176
Leonard Chandb01c3a2018-06-20 17:19:40 +00002177 /**
2178 * Fixed point literal
2179 */
2180 CXCursor_FixedPointLiteral = 149,
2181
2182 CXCursor_LastExpr = CXCursor_FixedPointLiteral,
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00002183
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002184 /* Statements */
2185 CXCursor_FirstStmt = 200,
2186 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002187 * A statement whose specific kind is not exposed via this
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002188 * interface.
2189 *
2190 * Unexposed statements have the same operations as any other kind of
2191 * statement; one can extract their location information, spelling,
2192 * children, etc. However, the specific kind of the statement is not
2193 * reported.
2194 */
2195 CXCursor_UnexposedStmt = 200,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00002196
2197 /** A labelled statement in a function.
Douglas Gregora93ab662010-09-10 00:22:18 +00002198 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00002199 * This cursor kind is used to describe the "start_over:" label statement in
Douglas Gregora93ab662010-09-10 00:22:18 +00002200 * the following example:
2201 *
2202 * \code
2203 * start_over:
2204 * ++counter;
2205 * \endcode
2206 *
2207 */
2208 CXCursor_LabelStmt = 201,
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002209
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002210 /** A group of statements like { stmt stmt }.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002211 *
2212 * This cursor kind is used to describe compound statements, e.g. function
2213 * bodies.
2214 */
2215 CXCursor_CompoundStmt = 202,
2216
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002217 /** A case statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002218 */
2219 CXCursor_CaseStmt = 203,
2220
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002221 /** A default statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002222 */
2223 CXCursor_DefaultStmt = 204,
2224
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002225 /** An if statement
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002226 */
2227 CXCursor_IfStmt = 205,
2228
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002229 /** A switch statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002230 */
2231 CXCursor_SwitchStmt = 206,
2232
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002233 /** A while statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002234 */
2235 CXCursor_WhileStmt = 207,
2236
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002237 /** A do statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002238 */
2239 CXCursor_DoStmt = 208,
2240
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002241 /** A for statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002242 */
2243 CXCursor_ForStmt = 209,
2244
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002245 /** A goto statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002246 */
2247 CXCursor_GotoStmt = 210,
2248
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002249 /** An indirect goto statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002250 */
2251 CXCursor_IndirectGotoStmt = 211,
2252
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002253 /** A continue statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002254 */
2255 CXCursor_ContinueStmt = 212,
2256
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002257 /** A break statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002258 */
2259 CXCursor_BreakStmt = 213,
2260
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002261 /** A return statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002262 */
2263 CXCursor_ReturnStmt = 214,
2264
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002265 /** A GCC inline assembly statement extension.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002266 */
Chad Rosierde70e0e2012-08-25 00:11:56 +00002267 CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt = 215,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis5eae0732012-09-24 19:27:20 +00002268 CXCursor_AsmStmt = CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt,
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002269
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002270 /** Objective-C's overall \@try-\@catch-\@finally statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002271 */
2272 CXCursor_ObjCAtTryStmt = 216,
2273
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002274 /** Objective-C's \@catch statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002275 */
2276 CXCursor_ObjCAtCatchStmt = 217,
2277
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002278 /** Objective-C's \@finally statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002279 */
2280 CXCursor_ObjCAtFinallyStmt = 218,
2281
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002282 /** Objective-C's \@throw statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002283 */
2284 CXCursor_ObjCAtThrowStmt = 219,
2285
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002286 /** Objective-C's \@synchronized statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002287 */
2288 CXCursor_ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt = 220,
2289
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002290 /** Objective-C's autorelease pool statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002291 */
2292 CXCursor_ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt = 221,
2293
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002294 /** Objective-C's collection statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002295 */
2296 CXCursor_ObjCForCollectionStmt = 222,
2297
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002298 /** C++'s catch statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002299 */
2300 CXCursor_CXXCatchStmt = 223,
2301
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002302 /** C++'s try statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002303 */
2304 CXCursor_CXXTryStmt = 224,
2305
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002306 /** C++'s for (* : *) statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002307 */
2308 CXCursor_CXXForRangeStmt = 225,
2309
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002310 /** Windows Structured Exception Handling's try statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002311 */
2312 CXCursor_SEHTryStmt = 226,
2313
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002314 /** Windows Structured Exception Handling's except statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002315 */
2316 CXCursor_SEHExceptStmt = 227,
2317
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002318 /** Windows Structured Exception Handling's finally statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002319 */
2320 CXCursor_SEHFinallyStmt = 228,
2321
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002322 /** A MS inline assembly statement extension.
Chad Rosier32503022012-06-11 20:47:18 +00002323 */
2324 CXCursor_MSAsmStmt = 229,
2325
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002326 /** The null statement ";": C99 6.8.3p3.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002327 *
2328 * This cursor kind is used to describe the null statement.
2329 */
2330 CXCursor_NullStmt = 230,
2331
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002332 /** Adaptor class for mixing declarations with statements and
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002333 * expressions.
2334 */
2335 CXCursor_DeclStmt = 231,
2336
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002337 /** OpenMP parallel directive.
Alexey Bataev5ec3eb12013-07-19 03:13:43 +00002338 */
2339 CXCursor_OMPParallelDirective = 232,
2340
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002341 /** OpenMP SIMD directive.
Alexey Bataev1b59ab52014-02-27 08:29:12 +00002342 */
2343 CXCursor_OMPSimdDirective = 233,
2344
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002345 /** OpenMP for directive.
Alexey Bataevf29276e2014-06-18 04:14:57 +00002346 */
2347 CXCursor_OMPForDirective = 234,
2348
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002349 /** OpenMP sections directive.
Alexey Bataevd3f8dd22014-06-25 11:44:49 +00002350 */
2351 CXCursor_OMPSectionsDirective = 235,
2352
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002353 /** OpenMP section directive.
Alexey Bataev1e0498a2014-06-26 08:21:58 +00002354 */
2355 CXCursor_OMPSectionDirective = 236,
2356
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002357 /** OpenMP single directive.
Alexey Bataevd1e40fb2014-06-26 12:05:45 +00002358 */
2359 CXCursor_OMPSingleDirective = 237,
2360
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002361 /** OpenMP parallel for directive.
Alexey Bataev4acb8592014-07-07 13:01:15 +00002362 */
2363 CXCursor_OMPParallelForDirective = 238,
2364
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002365 /** OpenMP parallel sections directive.
Alexey Bataev84d0b3e2014-07-08 08:12:03 +00002366 */
2367 CXCursor_OMPParallelSectionsDirective = 239,
2368
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002369 /** OpenMP task directive.
Alexey Bataev9c2e8ee2014-07-11 11:25:16 +00002370 */
2371 CXCursor_OMPTaskDirective = 240,
2372
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002373 /** OpenMP master directive.
Alexander Musman80c22892014-07-17 08:54:58 +00002374 */
2375 CXCursor_OMPMasterDirective = 241,
2376
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002377 /** OpenMP critical directive.
Alexander Musmand9ed09f2014-07-21 09:42:05 +00002378 */
2379 CXCursor_OMPCriticalDirective = 242,
2380
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002381 /** OpenMP taskyield directive.
Alexey Bataev68446b72014-07-18 07:47:19 +00002382 */
Alexander Musmand9ed09f2014-07-21 09:42:05 +00002383 CXCursor_OMPTaskyieldDirective = 243,
Alexey Bataev68446b72014-07-18 07:47:19 +00002384
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002385 /** OpenMP barrier directive.
Alexey Bataev4d1dfea2014-07-18 09:11:51 +00002386 */
Alexander Musmand9ed09f2014-07-21 09:42:05 +00002387 CXCursor_OMPBarrierDirective = 244,
Alexey Bataev4d1dfea2014-07-18 09:11:51 +00002388
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002389 /** OpenMP taskwait directive.
Alexey Bataev2df347a2014-07-18 10:17:07 +00002390 */
Alexander Musmand9ed09f2014-07-21 09:42:05 +00002391 CXCursor_OMPTaskwaitDirective = 245,
Alexey Bataev2df347a2014-07-18 10:17:07 +00002392
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002393 /** OpenMP flush directive.
Alexey Bataev6125da92014-07-21 11:26:11 +00002394 */
2395 CXCursor_OMPFlushDirective = 246,
Alexey Bataev0162e452014-07-22 10:10:35 +00002396
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002397 /** Windows Structured Exception Handling's leave statement.
Reid Klecknerba764482014-07-24 18:22:15 +00002398 */
2399 CXCursor_SEHLeaveStmt = 247,
2400
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002401 /** OpenMP ordered directive.
Alexey Bataev9fb6e642014-07-22 06:45:04 +00002402 */
Reid Klecknerba764482014-07-24 18:22:15 +00002403 CXCursor_OMPOrderedDirective = 248,
Alexey Bataev6125da92014-07-21 11:26:11 +00002404
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002405 /** OpenMP atomic directive.
Alexey Bataev0162e452014-07-22 10:10:35 +00002406 */
Reid Klecknerba764482014-07-24 18:22:15 +00002407 CXCursor_OMPAtomicDirective = 249,
Alexey Bataev0162e452014-07-22 10:10:35 +00002408
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002409 /** OpenMP for SIMD directive.
Alexander Musmanf82886e2014-09-18 05:12:34 +00002410 */
2411 CXCursor_OMPForSimdDirective = 250,
2412
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002413 /** OpenMP parallel for SIMD directive.
Alexander Musmane4e893b2014-09-23 09:33:00 +00002414 */
2415 CXCursor_OMPParallelForSimdDirective = 251,
2416
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002417 /** OpenMP target directive.
Alexey Bataev0bd520b2014-09-19 08:19:49 +00002418 */
Alexander Musmane4e893b2014-09-23 09:33:00 +00002419 CXCursor_OMPTargetDirective = 252,
Alexey Bataev0bd520b2014-09-19 08:19:49 +00002420
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002421 /** OpenMP teams directive.
Alexey Bataev13314bf2014-10-09 04:18:56 +00002422 */
2423 CXCursor_OMPTeamsDirective = 253,
2424
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002425 /** OpenMP taskgroup directive.
Alexey Bataevc30dd2d2015-06-18 12:14:09 +00002426 */
Michael Wong65f367f2015-07-21 13:44:28 +00002427 CXCursor_OMPTaskgroupDirective = 254,
Alexey Bataevc30dd2d2015-06-18 12:14:09 +00002428
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002429 /** OpenMP cancellation point directive.
Alexey Bataev6d4ed052015-07-01 06:57:41 +00002430 */
Michael Wong65f367f2015-07-21 13:44:28 +00002431 CXCursor_OMPCancellationPointDirective = 255,
Alexey Bataevc30dd2d2015-06-18 12:14:09 +00002432
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002433 /** OpenMP cancel directive.
Alexey Bataev80909872015-07-02 11:25:17 +00002434 */
Michael Wong65f367f2015-07-21 13:44:28 +00002435 CXCursor_OMPCancelDirective = 256,
Alexey Bataev80909872015-07-02 11:25:17 +00002436
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002437 /** OpenMP target data directive.
Michael Wong65f367f2015-07-21 13:44:28 +00002438 */
2439 CXCursor_OMPTargetDataDirective = 257,
2440
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002441 /** OpenMP taskloop directive.
Alexey Bataev49f6e782015-12-01 04:18:41 +00002442 */
2443 CXCursor_OMPTaskLoopDirective = 258,
2444
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002445 /** OpenMP taskloop simd directive.
Alexey Bataev0a6ed842015-12-03 09:40:15 +00002446 */
2447 CXCursor_OMPTaskLoopSimdDirective = 259,
2448
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002449 /** OpenMP distribute directive.
Carlo Bertolli6200a3d2015-12-14 14:51:25 +00002450 */
2451 CXCursor_OMPDistributeDirective = 260,
2452
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002453 /** OpenMP target enter data directive.
Samuel Antaodf67fc42016-01-19 19:15:56 +00002454 */
2455 CXCursor_OMPTargetEnterDataDirective = 261,
2456
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002457 /** OpenMP target exit data directive.
Samuel Antao72590762016-01-19 20:04:50 +00002458 */
2459 CXCursor_OMPTargetExitDataDirective = 262,
2460
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002461 /** OpenMP target parallel directive.
Arpith Chacko Jacobe955b3d2016-01-26 18:48:41 +00002462 */
2463 CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelDirective = 263,
2464
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002465 /** OpenMP target parallel for directive.
Arpith Chacko Jacob05bebb52016-02-03 15:46:42 +00002466 */
2467 CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelForDirective = 264,
2468
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002469 /** OpenMP target update directive.
Samuel Antao686c70c2016-05-26 17:30:50 +00002470 */
2471 CXCursor_OMPTargetUpdateDirective = 265,
2472
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002473 /** OpenMP distribute parallel for directive.
Carlo Bertolli9925f152016-06-27 14:55:37 +00002474 */
2475 CXCursor_OMPDistributeParallelForDirective = 266,
2476
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002477 /** OpenMP distribute parallel for simd directive.
Kelvin Li4a39add2016-07-05 05:00:15 +00002478 */
2479 CXCursor_OMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective = 267,
2480
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002481 /** OpenMP distribute simd directive.
Kelvin Li787f3fc2016-07-06 04:45:38 +00002482 */
2483 CXCursor_OMPDistributeSimdDirective = 268,
2484
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002485 /** OpenMP target parallel for simd directive.
Kelvin Lia579b912016-07-14 02:54:56 +00002486 */
2487 CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective = 269,
2488
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002489 /** OpenMP target simd directive.
Kelvin Li986330c2016-07-20 22:57:10 +00002490 */
2491 CXCursor_OMPTargetSimdDirective = 270,
2492
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002493 /** OpenMP teams distribute directive.
Kelvin Li02532872016-08-05 14:37:37 +00002494 */
2495 CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeDirective = 271,
2496
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002497 /** OpenMP teams distribute simd directive.
Kelvin Li4e325f72016-10-25 12:50:55 +00002498 */
2499 CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective = 272,
2500
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002501 /** OpenMP teams distribute parallel for simd directive.
Kelvin Li579e41c2016-11-30 23:51:03 +00002502 */
2503 CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective = 273,
2504
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002505 /** OpenMP teams distribute parallel for directive.
Kelvin Li7ade93f2016-12-09 03:24:30 +00002506 */
2507 CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective = 274,
2508
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002509 /** OpenMP target teams directive.
Kelvin Libf594a52016-12-17 05:48:59 +00002510 */
2511 CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDirective = 275,
2512
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002513 /** OpenMP target teams distribute directive.
Kelvin Li83c451e2016-12-25 04:52:54 +00002514 */
2515 CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective = 276,
2516
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002517 /** OpenMP target teams distribute parallel for directive.
Kelvin Li80e8f562016-12-29 22:16:30 +00002518 */
2519 CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective = 277,
2520
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002521 /** OpenMP target teams distribute parallel for simd directive.
Kelvin Li1851df52017-01-03 05:23:48 +00002522 */
2523 CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective = 278,
2524
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002525 /** OpenMP target teams distribute simd directive.
Kelvin Lida681182017-01-10 18:08:18 +00002526 */
2527 CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective = 279,
2528
2529 CXCursor_LastStmt = CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective,
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00002530
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002531 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002532 * Cursor that represents the translation unit itself.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002533 *
2534 * The translation unit cursor exists primarily to act as the root
2535 * cursor for traversing the contents of a translation unit.
2536 */
Ted Kremenekbff31432010-02-18 03:09:07 +00002537 CXCursor_TranslationUnit = 300,
2538
Bill Wendling44426052012-12-20 19:22:21 +00002539 /* Attributes */
Ted Kremenekbff31432010-02-18 03:09:07 +00002540 CXCursor_FirstAttr = 400,
2541 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002542 * An attribute whose specific kind is not exposed via this
Ted Kremenekbff31432010-02-18 03:09:07 +00002543 * interface.
2544 */
2545 CXCursor_UnexposedAttr = 400,
2546
2547 CXCursor_IBActionAttr = 401,
2548 CXCursor_IBOutletAttr = 402,
Ted Kremenek26bde772010-05-19 17:38:06 +00002549 CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr = 403,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2cb4e3c2011-09-13 17:39:31 +00002550 CXCursor_CXXFinalAttr = 404,
2551 CXCursor_CXXOverrideAttr = 405,
Erik Verbruggenca98f2a2011-10-13 09:41:32 +00002552 CXCursor_AnnotateAttr = 406,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00002553 CXCursor_AsmLabelAttr = 407,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16834f12013-09-25 00:14:38 +00002554 CXCursor_PackedAttr = 408,
Joey Gouly81228382014-05-01 15:41:58 +00002555 CXCursor_PureAttr = 409,
2556 CXCursor_ConstAttr = 410,
2557 CXCursor_NoDuplicateAttr = 411,
Eli Bendersky2581e662014-05-28 19:29:58 +00002558 CXCursor_CUDAConstantAttr = 412,
2559 CXCursor_CUDADeviceAttr = 413,
2560 CXCursor_CUDAGlobalAttr = 414,
2561 CXCursor_CUDAHostAttr = 415,
Eli Bendersky9b071472014-08-08 14:59:00 +00002562 CXCursor_CUDASharedAttr = 416,
Saleem Abdulrasool79c69712015-09-05 18:53:43 +00002563 CXCursor_VisibilityAttr = 417,
Saleem Abdulrasool8aa0b802015-12-10 18:45:18 +00002564 CXCursor_DLLExport = 418,
2565 CXCursor_DLLImport = 419,
2566 CXCursor_LastAttr = CXCursor_DLLImport,
Eli Bendersky2581e662014-05-28 19:29:58 +00002567
Douglas Gregor92a524f2010-03-18 00:42:48 +00002568 /* Preprocessing */
2569 CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective = 500,
Douglas Gregor06d6d322010-03-18 18:04:21 +00002570 CXCursor_MacroDefinition = 501,
Chandler Carruth9e4704a2011-07-14 08:41:15 +00002571 CXCursor_MacroExpansion = 502,
2572 CXCursor_MacroInstantiation = CXCursor_MacroExpansion,
Douglas Gregor796d76a2010-10-20 22:00:55 +00002573 CXCursor_InclusionDirective = 503,
Douglas Gregor92a524f2010-03-18 00:42:48 +00002574 CXCursor_FirstPreprocessing = CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis50e5b1d2012-10-05 00:22:24 +00002575 CXCursor_LastPreprocessing = CXCursor_InclusionDirective,
2576
2577 /* Extra Declarations */
2578 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002579 * A module import declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis50e5b1d2012-10-05 00:22:24 +00002580 */
2581 CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl = 600,
Sergey Kalinichev8f3b1872015-11-15 13:48:32 +00002582 CXCursor_TypeAliasTemplateDecl = 601,
Olivier Goffart81978012016-06-09 16:15:55 +00002583 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002584 * A static_assert or _Static_assert node
Olivier Goffart81978012016-06-09 16:15:55 +00002585 */
2586 CXCursor_StaticAssert = 602,
Olivier Goffartd211c642016-11-04 06:29:27 +00002587 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002588 * a friend declaration.
Olivier Goffartd211c642016-11-04 06:29:27 +00002589 */
2590 CXCursor_FriendDecl = 603,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis50e5b1d2012-10-05 00:22:24 +00002591 CXCursor_FirstExtraDecl = CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl,
Olivier Goffartd211c642016-11-04 06:29:27 +00002592 CXCursor_LastExtraDecl = CXCursor_FriendDecl,
Francisco Lopes da Silva975a9f62015-01-21 16:24:11 +00002593
2594 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002595 * A code completion overload candidate.
Francisco Lopes da Silva975a9f62015-01-21 16:24:11 +00002596 */
2597 CXCursor_OverloadCandidate = 700
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002598};
2599
2600/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002601 * A cursor representing some element in the abstract syntax tree for
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002602 * a translation unit.
2603 *
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00002604 * The cursor abstraction unifies the different kinds of entities in a
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002605 * program--declaration, statements, expressions, references to declarations,
2606 * etc.--under a single "cursor" abstraction with a common set of operations.
2607 * Common operation for a cursor include: getting the physical location in
2608 * a source file where the cursor points, getting the name associated with a
2609 * cursor, and retrieving cursors for any child nodes of a particular cursor.
2610 *
2611 * Cursors can be produced in two specific ways.
2612 * clang_getTranslationUnitCursor() produces a cursor for a translation unit,
2613 * from which one can use clang_visitChildren() to explore the rest of the
2614 * translation unit. clang_getCursor() maps from a physical source location
2615 * to the entity that resides at that location, allowing one to map from the
2616 * source code into the AST.
2617 */
2618typedef struct {
2619 enum CXCursorKind kind;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscddafd32011-10-06 07:00:54 +00002620 int xdata;
Dmitri Gribenkoba2f7462013-01-11 21:01:49 +00002621 const void *data[3];
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00002622} CXCursor;
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002623
2624/**
2625 * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_MANIP Cursor manipulations
2626 *
2627 * @{
2628 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00002629
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002630/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002631 * Retrieve the NULL cursor, which represents no entity.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002632 */
2633CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getNullCursor(void);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00002634
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002635/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002636 * Retrieve the cursor that represents the given translation unit.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002637 *
2638 * The translation unit cursor can be used to start traversing the
2639 * various declarations within the given translation unit.
2640 */
2641CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(CXTranslationUnit);
2642
2643/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002644 * Determine whether two cursors are equivalent.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002645 */
2646CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalCursors(CXCursor, CXCursor);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00002647
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002648/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002649 * Returns non-zero if \p cursor is null.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd6e9fa52011-09-27 00:30:30 +00002650 */
Dmitri Gribenko8994e0c2012-09-13 13:11:20 +00002651CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_isNull(CXCursor cursor);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd6e9fa52011-09-27 00:30:30 +00002652
2653/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002654 * Compute a hash value for the given cursor.
Douglas Gregor06a3f302010-11-20 00:09:34 +00002655 */
2656CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_hashCursor(CXCursor);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00002657
Douglas Gregor06a3f302010-11-20 00:09:34 +00002658/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002659 * Retrieve the kind of the given cursor.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002660 */
2661CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCursorKind clang_getCursorKind(CXCursor);
2662
2663/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002664 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a declaration.
Ivan Donchevskii65c766e2018-01-03 10:40:11 +00002665 */
2666CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isDeclaration(enum CXCursorKind);
2667
2668/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002669 * Determine whether the given declaration is invalid.
Ivan Donchevskii08ff9102018-01-04 10:59:50 +00002670 *
2671 * A declaration is invalid if it could not be parsed successfully.
2672 *
2673 * \returns non-zero if the cursor represents a declaration and it is
2674 * invalid, otherwise NULL.
2675 */
2676CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isInvalidDeclaration(CXCursor);
2677
2678/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002679 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a simple
Ivan Donchevskii65c766e2018-01-03 10:40:11 +00002680 * reference.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002681 *
2682 * Note that other kinds of cursors (such as expressions) can also refer to
2683 * other cursors. Use clang_getCursorReferenced() to determine whether a
2684 * particular cursor refers to another entity.
2685 */
2686CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isReference(enum CXCursorKind);
2687
2688/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002689 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents an expression.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002690 */
2691CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isExpression(enum CXCursorKind);
2692
2693/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002694 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a statement.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002695 */
2696CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isStatement(enum CXCursorKind);
2697
2698/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002699 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents an attribute.
Douglas Gregora98034a2011-07-06 03:00:34 +00002700 */
2701CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isAttribute(enum CXCursorKind);
2702
2703/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002704 * Determine whether the given cursor has any attributes.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00002705 */
2706CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_hasAttrs(CXCursor C);
2707
2708/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002709 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents an invalid
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002710 * cursor.
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00002711 */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002712CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isInvalid(enum CXCursorKind);
2713
2714/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002715 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a translation
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00002716 * unit.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002717 */
2718CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isTranslationUnit(enum CXCursorKind);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00002719
Ted Kremenekff9021b2010-03-08 21:17:29 +00002720/***
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002721 * Determine whether the given cursor represents a preprocessing
Douglas Gregor92a524f2010-03-18 00:42:48 +00002722 * element, such as a preprocessor directive or macro instantiation.
2723 */
2724CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isPreprocessing(enum CXCursorKind);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00002725
Douglas Gregor92a524f2010-03-18 00:42:48 +00002726/***
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002727 * Determine whether the given cursor represents a currently
Ted Kremenekff9021b2010-03-08 21:17:29 +00002728 * unexposed piece of the AST (e.g., CXCursor_UnexposedStmt).
2729 */
2730CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isUnexposed(enum CXCursorKind);
2731
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002732/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002733 * Describe the linkage of the entity referred to by a cursor.
Ted Kremenekfb4961d2010-03-03 06:36:57 +00002734 */
2735enum CXLinkageKind {
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002736 /** This value indicates that no linkage information is available
Ted Kremenekfb4961d2010-03-03 06:36:57 +00002737 * for a provided CXCursor. */
2738 CXLinkage_Invalid,
2739 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002740 * This is the linkage for variables, parameters, and so on that
Ted Kremenekfb4961d2010-03-03 06:36:57 +00002741 * have automatic storage. This covers normal (non-extern) local variables.
2742 */
2743 CXLinkage_NoLinkage,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002744 /** This is the linkage for static variables and static functions. */
Ted Kremenekfb4961d2010-03-03 06:36:57 +00002745 CXLinkage_Internal,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002746 /** This is the linkage for entities with external linkage that live
Ted Kremenekfb4961d2010-03-03 06:36:57 +00002747 * in C++ anonymous namespaces.*/
2748 CXLinkage_UniqueExternal,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002749 /** This is the linkage for entities with true, external linkage. */
Ted Kremenekfb4961d2010-03-03 06:36:57 +00002750 CXLinkage_External
2751};
2752
2753/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002754 * Determine the linkage of the entity referred to by a given cursor.
Ted Kremenekfb4961d2010-03-03 06:36:57 +00002755 */
2756CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXLinkageKind clang_getCursorLinkage(CXCursor cursor);
2757
Ehsan Akhgarib743de72016-05-31 15:55:51 +00002758enum CXVisibilityKind {
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002759 /** This value indicates that no visibility information is available
Ehsan Akhgarib743de72016-05-31 15:55:51 +00002760 * for a provided CXCursor. */
2761 CXVisibility_Invalid,
2762
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002763 /** Symbol not seen by the linker. */
Ehsan Akhgarib743de72016-05-31 15:55:51 +00002764 CXVisibility_Hidden,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002765 /** Symbol seen by the linker but resolves to a symbol inside this object. */
Ehsan Akhgarib743de72016-05-31 15:55:51 +00002766 CXVisibility_Protected,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002767 /** Symbol seen by the linker and acts like a normal symbol. */
Ehsan Akhgarib743de72016-05-31 15:55:51 +00002768 CXVisibility_Default
2769};
2770
2771/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002772 * Describe the visibility of the entity referred to by a cursor.
Ehsan Akhgarib743de72016-05-31 15:55:51 +00002773 *
2774 * This returns the default visibility if not explicitly specified by
2775 * a visibility attribute. The default visibility may be changed by
2776 * commandline arguments.
2777 *
2778 * \param cursor The cursor to query.
2779 *
2780 * \returns The visibility of the cursor.
2781 */
2782CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXVisibilityKind clang_getCursorVisibility(CXCursor cursor);
2783
Ehsan Akhgari93697fa2015-11-23 19:56:46 +00002784/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002785 * Determine the availability of the entity that this cursor refers to,
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002786 * taking the current target platform into account.
Douglas Gregorf757a122010-08-23 23:00:57 +00002787 *
2788 * \param cursor The cursor to query.
2789 *
2790 * \returns The availability of the cursor.
2791 */
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00002792CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXAvailabilityKind
Douglas Gregorf757a122010-08-23 23:00:57 +00002793clang_getCursorAvailability(CXCursor cursor);
2794
2795/**
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002796 * Describes the availability of a given entity on a particular platform, e.g.,
2797 * a particular class might only be available on Mac OS 10.7 or newer.
2798 */
2799typedef struct CXPlatformAvailability {
2800 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002801 * A string that describes the platform for which this structure
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002802 * provides availability information.
2803 *
Manman Renccf25bb2016-06-28 20:55:30 +00002804 * Possible values are "ios" or "macos".
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002805 */
2806 CXString Platform;
2807 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002808 * The version number in which this entity was introduced.
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002809 */
2810 CXVersion Introduced;
2811 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002812 * The version number in which this entity was deprecated (but is
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002813 * still available).
2814 */
2815 CXVersion Deprecated;
2816 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002817 * The version number in which this entity was obsoleted, and therefore
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002818 * is no longer available.
2819 */
2820 CXVersion Obsoleted;
2821 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002822 * Whether the entity is unconditionally unavailable on this platform.
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002823 */
2824 int Unavailable;
2825 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002826 * An optional message to provide to a user of this API, e.g., to
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002827 * suggest replacement APIs.
2828 */
2829 CXString Message;
2830} CXPlatformAvailability;
2831
2832/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002833 * Determine the availability of the entity that this cursor refers to
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002834 * on any platforms for which availability information is known.
2835 *
2836 * \param cursor The cursor to query.
2837 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00002838 * \param always_deprecated If non-NULL, will be set to indicate whether the
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002839 * entity is deprecated on all platforms.
2840 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00002841 * \param deprecated_message If non-NULL, will be set to the message text
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002842 * provided along with the unconditional deprecation of this entity. The client
2843 * is responsible for deallocating this string.
2844 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00002845 * \param always_unavailable If non-NULL, will be set to indicate whether the
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002846 * entity is unavailable on all platforms.
2847 *
2848 * \param unavailable_message If non-NULL, will be set to the message text
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00002849 * provided along with the unconditional unavailability of this entity. The
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002850 * client is responsible for deallocating this string.
2851 *
2852 * \param availability If non-NULL, an array of CXPlatformAvailability instances
2853 * that will be populated with platform availability information, up to either
2854 * the number of platforms for which availability information is available (as
2855 * returned by this function) or \c availability_size, whichever is smaller.
2856 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00002857 * \param availability_size The number of elements available in the
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002858 * \c availability array.
2859 *
2860 * \returns The number of platforms (N) for which availability information is
2861 * available (which is unrelated to \c availability_size).
2862 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00002863 * Note that the client is responsible for calling
2864 * \c clang_disposeCXPlatformAvailability to free each of the
2865 * platform-availability structures returned. There are
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002866 * \c min(N, availability_size) such structures.
2867 */
2868CINDEX_LINKAGE int
2869clang_getCursorPlatformAvailability(CXCursor cursor,
2870 int *always_deprecated,
2871 CXString *deprecated_message,
2872 int *always_unavailable,
2873 CXString *unavailable_message,
2874 CXPlatformAvailability *availability,
2875 int availability_size);
2876
2877/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002878 * Free the memory associated with a \c CXPlatformAvailability structure.
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002879 */
2880CINDEX_LINKAGE void
2881clang_disposeCXPlatformAvailability(CXPlatformAvailability *availability);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00002882
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002883/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002884 * Describe the "language" of the entity referred to by a cursor.
Ted Kremenek4ed29252010-04-12 21:22:16 +00002885 */
Reid Kleckner9e3bc722013-12-30 17:48:49 +00002886enum CXLanguageKind {
Ted Kremenekee457512010-04-14 20:58:32 +00002887 CXLanguage_Invalid = 0,
Ted Kremenek4ed29252010-04-12 21:22:16 +00002888 CXLanguage_C,
2889 CXLanguage_ObjC,
Ted Kremenekee457512010-04-14 20:58:32 +00002890 CXLanguage_CPlusPlus
Ted Kremenek4ed29252010-04-12 21:22:16 +00002891};
2892
2893/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002894 * Determine the "language" of the entity referred to by a given cursor.
Ted Kremenek4ed29252010-04-12 21:22:16 +00002895 */
2896CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXLanguageKind clang_getCursorLanguage(CXCursor cursor);
2897
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd6e9fa52011-09-27 00:30:30 +00002898/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002899 * Describe the "thread-local storage (TLS) kind" of the declaration
Saleem Abdulrasool50bc5652017-09-13 02:15:09 +00002900 * referred to by a cursor.
2901 */
2902enum CXTLSKind {
2903 CXTLS_None = 0,
2904 CXTLS_Dynamic,
2905 CXTLS_Static
2906};
2907
2908/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002909 * Determine the "thread-local storage (TLS) kind" of the declaration
Saleem Abdulrasool50bc5652017-09-13 02:15:09 +00002910 * referred to by a cursor.
2911 */
2912CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXTLSKind clang_getCursorTLSKind(CXCursor cursor);
2913
2914/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002915 * Returns the translation unit that a cursor originated from.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd6e9fa52011-09-27 00:30:30 +00002916 */
2917CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit clang_Cursor_getTranslationUnit(CXCursor);
2918
Ted Kremenekc0b98662013-04-24 07:17:12 +00002919/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002920 * A fast container representing a set of CXCursors.
Ted Kremenekc0b98662013-04-24 07:17:12 +00002921 */
2922typedef struct CXCursorSetImpl *CXCursorSet;
2923
2924/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002925 * Creates an empty CXCursorSet.
Ted Kremenekc0b98662013-04-24 07:17:12 +00002926 */
2927CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursorSet clang_createCXCursorSet(void);
2928
2929/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002930 * Disposes a CXCursorSet and releases its associated memory.
Ted Kremenekc0b98662013-04-24 07:17:12 +00002931 */
2932CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeCXCursorSet(CXCursorSet cset);
2933
2934/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002935 * Queries a CXCursorSet to see if it contains a specific CXCursor.
Ted Kremenekc0b98662013-04-24 07:17:12 +00002936 *
2937 * \returns non-zero if the set contains the specified cursor.
2938*/
2939CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXCursorSet_contains(CXCursorSet cset,
2940 CXCursor cursor);
2941
2942/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002943 * Inserts a CXCursor into a CXCursorSet.
Ted Kremenekc0b98662013-04-24 07:17:12 +00002944 *
2945 * \returns zero if the CXCursor was already in the set, and non-zero otherwise.
2946*/
2947CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXCursorSet_insert(CXCursorSet cset,
2948 CXCursor cursor);
2949
Douglas Gregor0576ce72010-09-22 21:22:29 +00002950/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002951 * Determine the semantic parent of the given cursor.
Douglas Gregor0576ce72010-09-22 21:22:29 +00002952 *
2953 * The semantic parent of a cursor is the cursor that semantically contains
2954 * the given \p cursor. For many declarations, the lexical and semantic parents
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00002955 * are equivalent (the lexical parent is returned by
Douglas Gregor0576ce72010-09-22 21:22:29 +00002956 * \c clang_getCursorLexicalParent()). They diverge when declarations or
2957 * definitions are provided out-of-line. For example:
2958 *
2959 * \code
2960 * class C {
2961 * void f();
2962 * };
2963 *
2964 * void C::f() { }
2965 * \endcode
2966 *
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00002967 * In the out-of-line definition of \c C::f, the semantic parent is
Douglas Gregor0576ce72010-09-22 21:22:29 +00002968 * the class \c C, of which this function is a member. The lexical parent is
2969 * the place where the declaration actually occurs in the source code; in this
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00002970 * case, the definition occurs in the translation unit. In general, the
Douglas Gregor0576ce72010-09-22 21:22:29 +00002971 * lexical parent for a given entity can change without affecting the semantics
2972 * of the program, and the lexical parent of different declarations of the
2973 * same entity may be different. Changing the semantic parent of a declaration,
2974 * on the other hand, can have a major impact on semantics, and redeclarations
2975 * of a particular entity should all have the same semantic context.
2976 *
2977 * In the example above, both declarations of \c C::f have \c C as their
2978 * semantic context, while the lexical context of the first \c C::f is \c C
2979 * and the lexical context of the second \c C::f is the translation unit.
Douglas Gregor7ecd19e2010-12-21 07:55:45 +00002980 *
2981 * For global declarations, the semantic parent is the translation unit.
Douglas Gregor0576ce72010-09-22 21:22:29 +00002982 */
2983CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorSemanticParent(CXCursor cursor);
2984
2985/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002986 * Determine the lexical parent of the given cursor.
Douglas Gregor0576ce72010-09-22 21:22:29 +00002987 *
2988 * The lexical parent of a cursor is the cursor in which the given \p cursor
2989 * was actually written. For many declarations, the lexical and semantic parents
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00002990 * are equivalent (the semantic parent is returned by
Douglas Gregor0576ce72010-09-22 21:22:29 +00002991 * \c clang_getCursorSemanticParent()). They diverge when declarations or
2992 * definitions are provided out-of-line. For example:
2993 *
2994 * \code
2995 * class C {
2996 * void f();
2997 * };
2998 *
2999 * void C::f() { }
3000 * \endcode
3001 *
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00003002 * In the out-of-line definition of \c C::f, the semantic parent is
Douglas Gregor0576ce72010-09-22 21:22:29 +00003003 * the class \c C, of which this function is a member. The lexical parent is
3004 * the place where the declaration actually occurs in the source code; in this
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00003005 * case, the definition occurs in the translation unit. In general, the
Douglas Gregor0576ce72010-09-22 21:22:29 +00003006 * lexical parent for a given entity can change without affecting the semantics
3007 * of the program, and the lexical parent of different declarations of the
3008 * same entity may be different. Changing the semantic parent of a declaration,
3009 * on the other hand, can have a major impact on semantics, and redeclarations
3010 * of a particular entity should all have the same semantic context.
3011 *
3012 * In the example above, both declarations of \c C::f have \c C as their
3013 * semantic context, while the lexical context of the first \c C::f is \c C
3014 * and the lexical context of the second \c C::f is the translation unit.
Douglas Gregor7ecd19e2010-12-21 07:55:45 +00003015 *
3016 * For declarations written in the global scope, the lexical parent is
3017 * the translation unit.
Douglas Gregor0576ce72010-09-22 21:22:29 +00003018 */
3019CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorLexicalParent(CXCursor cursor);
Douglas Gregor99a26af2010-10-01 20:25:15 +00003020
3021/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003022 * Determine the set of methods that are overridden by the given
Douglas Gregor99a26af2010-10-01 20:25:15 +00003023 * method.
3024 *
3025 * In both Objective-C and C++, a method (aka virtual member function,
3026 * in C++) can override a virtual method in a base class. For
3027 * Objective-C, a method is said to override any method in the class's
Argyrios Kyrtzidisbfb24252012-03-08 00:20:03 +00003028 * base class, its protocols, or its categories' protocols, that has the same
3029 * selector and is of the same kind (class or instance).
3030 * If no such method exists, the search continues to the class's superclass,
3031 * its protocols, and its categories, and so on. A method from an Objective-C
3032 * implementation is considered to override the same methods as its
3033 * corresponding method in the interface.
Douglas Gregor99a26af2010-10-01 20:25:15 +00003034 *
3035 * For C++, a virtual member function overrides any virtual member
3036 * function with the same signature that occurs in its base
3037 * classes. With multiple inheritance, a virtual member function can
3038 * override several virtual member functions coming from different
3039 * base classes.
3040 *
3041 * In all cases, this function determines the immediate overridden
3042 * method, rather than all of the overridden methods. For example, if
3043 * a method is originally declared in a class A, then overridden in B
3044 * (which in inherits from A) and also in C (which inherited from B),
3045 * then the only overridden method returned from this function when
3046 * invoked on C's method will be B's method. The client may then
3047 * invoke this function again, given the previously-found overridden
3048 * methods, to map out the complete method-override set.
3049 *
3050 * \param cursor A cursor representing an Objective-C or C++
3051 * method. This routine will compute the set of methods that this
3052 * method overrides.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00003053 *
Douglas Gregor99a26af2010-10-01 20:25:15 +00003054 * \param overridden A pointer whose pointee will be replaced with a
3055 * pointer to an array of cursors, representing the set of overridden
3056 * methods. If there are no overridden methods, the pointee will be
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00003057 * set to NULL. The pointee must be freed via a call to
Douglas Gregor99a26af2010-10-01 20:25:15 +00003058 * \c clang_disposeOverriddenCursors().
3059 *
3060 * \param num_overridden A pointer to the number of overridden
3061 * functions, will be set to the number of overridden functions in the
3062 * array pointed to by \p overridden.
3063 */
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00003064CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getOverriddenCursors(CXCursor cursor,
Douglas Gregor99a26af2010-10-01 20:25:15 +00003065 CXCursor **overridden,
3066 unsigned *num_overridden);
3067
3068/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003069 * Free the set of overridden cursors returned by \c
Douglas Gregor99a26af2010-10-01 20:25:15 +00003070 * clang_getOverriddenCursors().
3071 */
3072CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeOverriddenCursors(CXCursor *overridden);
3073
Ted Kremenek4ed29252010-04-12 21:22:16 +00003074/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003075 * Retrieve the file that is included by the given inclusion directive
Douglas Gregor796d76a2010-10-20 22:00:55 +00003076 * cursor.
3077 */
3078CINDEX_LINKAGE CXFile clang_getIncludedFile(CXCursor cursor);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00003079
Douglas Gregor796d76a2010-10-20 22:00:55 +00003080/**
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00003081 * @}
3082 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00003083
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00003084/**
3085 * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_SOURCE Mapping between cursors and source code
3086 *
3087 * Cursors represent a location within the Abstract Syntax Tree (AST). These
3088 * routines help map between cursors and the physical locations where the
3089 * described entities occur in the source code. The mapping is provided in
3090 * both directions, so one can map from source code to the AST and back.
3091 *
3092 * @{
Steve Naroffa1c72842009-08-28 15:28:48 +00003093 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00003094
Steve Naroff20bad0b2009-10-21 13:56:23 +00003095/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003096 * Map a source location to the cursor that describes the entity at that
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +00003097 * location in the source code.
3098 *
3099 * clang_getCursor() maps an arbitrary source location within a translation
3100 * unit down to the most specific cursor that describes the entity at that
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00003101 * location. For example, given an expression \c x + y, invoking
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +00003102 * clang_getCursor() with a source location pointing to "x" will return the
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00003103 * cursor for "x"; similarly for "y". If the cursor points anywhere between
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +00003104 * "x" or "y" (e.g., on the + or the whitespace around it), clang_getCursor()
3105 * will return a cursor referring to the "+" expression.
3106 *
3107 * \returns a cursor representing the entity at the given source location, or
3108 * a NULL cursor if no such entity can be found.
Steve Naroff20bad0b2009-10-21 13:56:23 +00003109 */
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +00003110CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursor(CXTranslationUnit, CXSourceLocation);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00003111
Douglas Gregor66a58812010-01-18 22:46:11 +00003112/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003113 * Retrieve the physical location of the source constructor referenced
Douglas Gregor66a58812010-01-18 22:46:11 +00003114 * by the given cursor.
3115 *
3116 * The location of a declaration is typically the location of the name of that
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00003117 * declaration, where the name of that declaration would occur if it is
3118 * unnamed, or some keyword that introduces that particular declaration.
3119 * The location of a reference is where that reference occurs within the
Douglas Gregor66a58812010-01-18 22:46:11 +00003120 * source code.
3121 */
3122CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getCursorLocation(CXCursor);
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00003123
Douglas Gregor6b8232f2010-01-19 19:34:47 +00003124/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003125 * Retrieve the physical extent of the source construct referenced by
Douglas Gregor33c34ac2010-01-19 00:34:46 +00003126 * the given cursor.
3127 *
3128 * The extent of a cursor starts with the file/line/column pointing at the
3129 * first character within the source construct that the cursor refers to and
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00003130 * ends with the last character within that source construct. For a
Douglas Gregor33c34ac2010-01-19 00:34:46 +00003131 * declaration, the extent covers the declaration itself. For a reference,
3132 * the extent covers the location of the reference (e.g., where the referenced
3133 * entity was actually used).
3134 */
3135CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getCursorExtent(CXCursor);
Douglas Gregorad27e8b2010-01-19 01:20:04 +00003136
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00003137/**
3138 * @}
3139 */
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00003140
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00003141/**
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003142 * \defgroup CINDEX_TYPES Type information for CXCursors
3143 *
3144 * @{
3145 */
3146
3147/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003148 * Describes the kind of type
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003149 */
3150enum CXTypeKind {
3151 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003152 * Represents an invalid type (e.g., where no type is available).
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003153 */
3154 CXType_Invalid = 0,
3155
3156 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003157 * A type whose specific kind is not exposed via this
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003158 * interface.
3159 */
3160 CXType_Unexposed = 1,
3161
3162 /* Builtin types */
3163 CXType_Void = 2,
3164 CXType_Bool = 3,
3165 CXType_Char_U = 4,
3166 CXType_UChar = 5,
3167 CXType_Char16 = 6,
3168 CXType_Char32 = 7,
3169 CXType_UShort = 8,
3170 CXType_UInt = 9,
3171 CXType_ULong = 10,
3172 CXType_ULongLong = 11,
3173 CXType_UInt128 = 12,
3174 CXType_Char_S = 13,
3175 CXType_SChar = 14,
3176 CXType_WChar = 15,
3177 CXType_Short = 16,
3178 CXType_Int = 17,
3179 CXType_Long = 18,
3180 CXType_LongLong = 19,
3181 CXType_Int128 = 20,
3182 CXType_Float = 21,
3183 CXType_Double = 22,
3184 CXType_LongDouble = 23,
3185 CXType_NullPtr = 24,
3186 CXType_Overload = 25,
3187 CXType_Dependent = 26,
3188 CXType_ObjCId = 27,
3189 CXType_ObjCClass = 28,
3190 CXType_ObjCSel = 29,
Nemanja Ivanovicbb1ea2d2016-05-09 08:52:33 +00003191 CXType_Float128 = 30,
Joey Gouly6ea21852017-02-10 15:51:11 +00003192 CXType_Half = 31,
Sjoerd Meijercc623ad2017-09-08 15:15:00 +00003193 CXType_Float16 = 32,
Leonard Chanf921d852018-06-04 16:07:52 +00003194 CXType_ShortAccum = 33,
3195 CXType_Accum = 34,
3196 CXType_LongAccum = 35,
3197 CXType_UShortAccum = 36,
3198 CXType_UAccum = 37,
3199 CXType_ULongAccum = 38,
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003200 CXType_FirstBuiltin = CXType_Void,
Leonard Chanf921d852018-06-04 16:07:52 +00003201 CXType_LastBuiltin = CXType_ULongAccum,
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003202
3203 CXType_Complex = 100,
3204 CXType_Pointer = 101,
3205 CXType_BlockPointer = 102,
3206 CXType_LValueReference = 103,
3207 CXType_RValueReference = 104,
3208 CXType_Record = 105,
3209 CXType_Enum = 106,
3210 CXType_Typedef = 107,
3211 CXType_ObjCInterface = 108,
Ted Kremenekc1508872010-06-21 20:15:39 +00003212 CXType_ObjCObjectPointer = 109,
3213 CXType_FunctionNoProto = 110,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b0cf602011-09-27 17:44:34 +00003214 CXType_FunctionProto = 111,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003215 CXType_ConstantArray = 112,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0661a712013-07-23 17:36:21 +00003216 CXType_Vector = 113,
3217 CXType_IncompleteArray = 114,
3218 CXType_VariableArray = 115,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7a4253b2013-10-03 16:19:23 +00003219 CXType_DependentSizedArray = 116,
Sergey Kalinichevc0151202015-11-15 13:10:10 +00003220 CXType_MemberPointer = 117,
Sergey Kalinichev69770ae2016-05-03 06:58:29 +00003221 CXType_Auto = 118,
3222
3223 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003224 * Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type keyword.
Sergey Kalinichev69770ae2016-05-03 06:58:29 +00003225 *
3226 * E.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type, or both.
3227 */
Sven van Haastregtcc4f1e42017-05-23 10:36:43 +00003228 CXType_Elaborated = 119,
3229
3230 /* OpenCL PipeType. */
3231 CXType_Pipe = 120,
3232
3233 /* OpenCL builtin types. */
3234 CXType_OCLImage1dRO = 121,
3235 CXType_OCLImage1dArrayRO = 122,
3236 CXType_OCLImage1dBufferRO = 123,
3237 CXType_OCLImage2dRO = 124,
3238 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayRO = 125,
3239 CXType_OCLImage2dDepthRO = 126,
3240 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayDepthRO = 127,
3241 CXType_OCLImage2dMSAARO = 128,
3242 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAARO = 129,
3243 CXType_OCLImage2dMSAADepthRO = 130,
3244 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepthRO = 131,
3245 CXType_OCLImage3dRO = 132,
3246 CXType_OCLImage1dWO = 133,
3247 CXType_OCLImage1dArrayWO = 134,
3248 CXType_OCLImage1dBufferWO = 135,
3249 CXType_OCLImage2dWO = 136,
3250 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayWO = 137,
3251 CXType_OCLImage2dDepthWO = 138,
3252 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayDepthWO = 139,
3253 CXType_OCLImage2dMSAAWO = 140,
3254 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAAWO = 141,
3255 CXType_OCLImage2dMSAADepthWO = 142,
3256 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepthWO = 143,
3257 CXType_OCLImage3dWO = 144,
3258 CXType_OCLImage1dRW = 145,
3259 CXType_OCLImage1dArrayRW = 146,
3260 CXType_OCLImage1dBufferRW = 147,
3261 CXType_OCLImage2dRW = 148,
3262 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayRW = 149,
3263 CXType_OCLImage2dDepthRW = 150,
3264 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayDepthRW = 151,
3265 CXType_OCLImage2dMSAARW = 152,
3266 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAARW = 153,
3267 CXType_OCLImage2dMSAADepthRW = 154,
3268 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepthRW = 155,
3269 CXType_OCLImage3dRW = 156,
3270 CXType_OCLSampler = 157,
3271 CXType_OCLEvent = 158,
3272 CXType_OCLQueue = 159,
Michael Wu9c852612018-08-03 03:03:20 +00003273 CXType_OCLReserveID = 160,
3274
Michael Wuced99b92018-08-03 04:02:40 +00003275 CXType_ObjCObject = 161,
Michael Wu153085d2018-08-03 04:21:25 +00003276 CXType_ObjCTypeParam = 162,
3277 CXType_Attributed = 163
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003278};
3279
3280/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003281 * Describes the calling convention of a function type
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003282 */
3283enum CXCallingConv {
3284 CXCallingConv_Default = 0,
3285 CXCallingConv_C = 1,
3286 CXCallingConv_X86StdCall = 2,
3287 CXCallingConv_X86FastCall = 3,
3288 CXCallingConv_X86ThisCall = 4,
3289 CXCallingConv_X86Pascal = 5,
3290 CXCallingConv_AAPCS = 6,
3291 CXCallingConv_AAPCS_VFP = 7,
Erich Keane757d3172016-11-02 18:29:35 +00003292 CXCallingConv_X86RegCall = 8,
Guy Benyeif0a014b2012-12-25 08:53:55 +00003293 CXCallingConv_IntelOclBicc = 9,
Martin Storsjo022e7822017-07-17 20:49:45 +00003294 CXCallingConv_Win64 = 10,
Nikolai Bozhenovce25d412017-08-08 14:13:50 +00003295 /* Alias for compatibility with older versions of API. */
3296 CXCallingConv_X86_64Win64 = CXCallingConv_Win64,
Charles Davisb5a214e2013-08-30 04:39:01 +00003297 CXCallingConv_X86_64SysV = 11,
Reid Klecknerd7857f02014-10-24 17:42:17 +00003298 CXCallingConv_X86VectorCall = 12,
John McCall477f2bb2016-03-03 06:39:32 +00003299 CXCallingConv_Swift = 13,
Roman Levenstein35aa5ce2016-03-16 18:00:46 +00003300 CXCallingConv_PreserveMost = 14,
3301 CXCallingConv_PreserveAll = 15,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003302
3303 CXCallingConv_Invalid = 100,
3304 CXCallingConv_Unexposed = 200
3305};
3306
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003307/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003308 * The type of an element in the abstract syntax tree.
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003309 *
3310 */
3311typedef struct {
3312 enum CXTypeKind kind;
3313 void *data[2];
3314} CXType;
3315
3316/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003317 * Retrieve the type of a CXCursor (if any).
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003318 */
3319CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getCursorType(CXCursor C);
3320
3321/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003322 * Pretty-print the underlying type using the rules of the
Dmitri Gribenko00353722013-02-15 21:15:49 +00003323 * language of the translation unit from which it came.
3324 *
3325 * If the type is invalid, an empty string is returned.
3326 */
3327CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTypeSpelling(CXType CT);
3328
3329/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003330 * Retrieve the underlying type of a typedef declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003331 *
3332 * If the cursor does not reference a typedef declaration, an invalid type is
3333 * returned.
3334 */
3335CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getTypedefDeclUnderlyingType(CXCursor C);
3336
3337/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003338 * Retrieve the integer type of an enum declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003339 *
3340 * If the cursor does not reference an enum declaration, an invalid type is
3341 * returned.
3342 */
3343CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getEnumDeclIntegerType(CXCursor C);
3344
3345/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003346 * Retrieve the integer value of an enum constant declaration as a signed
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003347 * long long.
3348 *
3349 * If the cursor does not reference an enum constant declaration, LLONG_MIN is returned.
3350 * Since this is also potentially a valid constant value, the kind of the cursor
3351 * must be verified before calling this function.
3352 */
3353CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_getEnumConstantDeclValue(CXCursor C);
3354
3355/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003356 * Retrieve the integer value of an enum constant declaration as an unsigned
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003357 * long long.
3358 *
3359 * If the cursor does not reference an enum constant declaration, ULLONG_MAX is returned.
3360 * Since this is also potentially a valid constant value, the kind of the cursor
3361 * must be verified before calling this function.
3362 */
3363CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned long long clang_getEnumConstantDeclUnsignedValue(CXCursor C);
3364
3365/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003366 * Retrieve the bit width of a bit field declaration as an integer.
Dmitri Gribenkob506ba12012-12-04 15:13:46 +00003367 *
3368 * If a cursor that is not a bit field declaration is passed in, -1 is returned.
3369 */
3370CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getFieldDeclBitWidth(CXCursor C);
3371
3372/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003373 * Retrieve the number of non-variadic arguments associated with a given
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0c27e4b2012-04-11 19:32:19 +00003374 * cursor.
3375 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb2792972013-04-01 17:38:59 +00003376 * The number of arguments can be determined for calls as well as for
3377 * declarations of functions or methods. For other cursors -1 is returned.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0c27e4b2012-04-11 19:32:19 +00003378 */
3379CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_getNumArguments(CXCursor C);
3380
3381/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003382 * Retrieve the argument cursor of a function or method.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0c27e4b2012-04-11 19:32:19 +00003383 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb2792972013-04-01 17:38:59 +00003384 * The argument cursor can be determined for calls as well as for declarations
3385 * of functions or methods. For other cursors and for invalid indices, an
3386 * invalid cursor is returned.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0c27e4b2012-04-11 19:32:19 +00003387 */
3388CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_Cursor_getArgument(CXCursor C, unsigned i);
3389
3390/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003391 * Describes the kind of a template argument.
Eli Benderskyc27a0c42014-10-10 20:01:05 +00003392 *
3393 * See the definition of llvm::clang::TemplateArgument::ArgKind for full
3394 * element descriptions.
3395 */
3396enum CXTemplateArgumentKind {
3397 CXTemplateArgumentKind_Null,
3398 CXTemplateArgumentKind_Type,
3399 CXTemplateArgumentKind_Declaration,
3400 CXTemplateArgumentKind_NullPtr,
3401 CXTemplateArgumentKind_Integral,
3402 CXTemplateArgumentKind_Template,
3403 CXTemplateArgumentKind_TemplateExpansion,
3404 CXTemplateArgumentKind_Expression,
3405 CXTemplateArgumentKind_Pack,
3406 /* Indicates an error case, preventing the kind from being deduced. */
3407 CXTemplateArgumentKind_Invalid
3408};
3409
3410/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003411 *Returns the number of template args of a function decl representing a
Eli Benderskyc27a0c42014-10-10 20:01:05 +00003412 * template specialization.
3413 *
3414 * If the argument cursor cannot be converted into a template function
3415 * declaration, -1 is returned.
3416 *
3417 * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3418 * template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3419 * void foo() { ... }
3420 *
3421 * template <>
3422 * void foo<float, -7, true>();
3423 *
3424 * The value 3 would be returned from this call.
3425 */
3426CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_getNumTemplateArguments(CXCursor C);
3427
3428/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003429 * Retrieve the kind of the I'th template argument of the CXCursor C.
Eli Benderskyc27a0c42014-10-10 20:01:05 +00003430 *
3431 * If the argument CXCursor does not represent a FunctionDecl, an invalid
3432 * template argument kind is returned.
3433 *
3434 * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3435 * template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3436 * void foo() { ... }
3437 *
3438 * template <>
3439 * void foo<float, -7, true>();
3440 *
3441 * For I = 0, 1, and 2, Type, Integral, and Integral will be returned,
3442 * respectively.
3443 */
3444CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXTemplateArgumentKind clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentKind(
3445 CXCursor C, unsigned I);
3446
3447/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003448 * Retrieve a CXType representing the type of a TemplateArgument of a
Eli Benderskyc27a0c42014-10-10 20:01:05 +00003449 * function decl representing a template specialization.
3450 *
3451 * If the argument CXCursor does not represent a FunctionDecl whose I'th
3452 * template argument has a kind of CXTemplateArgKind_Integral, an invalid type
3453 * is returned.
3454 *
3455 * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3456 * template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3457 * void foo() { ... }
3458 *
3459 * template <>
3460 * void foo<float, -7, true>();
3461 *
3462 * If called with I = 0, "float", will be returned.
3463 * Invalid types will be returned for I == 1 or 2.
3464 */
3465CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentType(CXCursor C,
3466 unsigned I);
3467
3468/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003469 * Retrieve the value of an Integral TemplateArgument (of a function
Eli Benderskyc27a0c42014-10-10 20:01:05 +00003470 * decl representing a template specialization) as a signed long long.
3471 *
3472 * It is undefined to call this function on a CXCursor that does not represent a
3473 * FunctionDecl or whose I'th template argument is not an integral value.
3474 *
3475 * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3476 * template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3477 * void foo() { ... }
3478 *
3479 * template <>
3480 * void foo<float, -7, true>();
3481 *
3482 * If called with I = 1 or 2, -7 or true will be returned, respectively.
3483 * For I == 0, this function's behavior is undefined.
3484 */
3485CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentValue(CXCursor C,
3486 unsigned I);
3487
3488/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003489 * Retrieve the value of an Integral TemplateArgument (of a function
Eli Benderskyc27a0c42014-10-10 20:01:05 +00003490 * decl representing a template specialization) as an unsigned long long.
3491 *
3492 * It is undefined to call this function on a CXCursor that does not represent a
3493 * FunctionDecl or whose I'th template argument is not an integral value.
3494 *
3495 * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3496 * template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3497 * void foo() { ... }
3498 *
3499 * template <>
3500 * void foo<float, 2147483649, true>();
3501 *
3502 * If called with I = 1 or 2, 2147483649 or true will be returned, respectively.
3503 * For I == 0, this function's behavior is undefined.
3504 */
3505CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned long long clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentUnsignedValue(
3506 CXCursor C, unsigned I);
3507
3508/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003509 * Determine whether two CXTypes represent the same type.
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003510 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00003511 * \returns non-zero if the CXTypes represent the same type and
3512 * zero otherwise.
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003513 */
3514CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalTypes(CXType A, CXType B);
3515
3516/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003517 * Return the canonical type for a CXType.
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003518 *
3519 * Clang's type system explicitly models typedefs and all the ways
3520 * a specific type can be represented. The canonical type is the underlying
3521 * type with all the "sugar" removed. For example, if 'T' is a typedef
3522 * for 'int', the canonical type for 'T' would be 'int'.
3523 */
3524CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getCanonicalType(CXType T);
3525
3526/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003527 * Determine whether a CXType has the "const" qualifier set,
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00003528 * without looking through typedefs that may have added "const" at a
3529 * different level.
Douglas Gregor56a63802011-01-27 16:27:11 +00003530 */
3531CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isConstQualifiedType(CXType T);
3532
3533/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003534 * Determine whether a CXCursor that is a macro, is
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00003535 * function like.
3536 */
3537CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isMacroFunctionLike(CXCursor C);
3538
3539/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003540 * Determine whether a CXCursor that is a macro, is a
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00003541 * builtin one.
3542 */
3543CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isMacroBuiltin(CXCursor C);
3544
3545/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003546 * Determine whether a CXCursor that is a function declaration, is an
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00003547 * inline declaration.
3548 */
3549CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isFunctionInlined(CXCursor C);
3550
3551/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003552 * Determine whether a CXType has the "volatile" qualifier set,
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00003553 * without looking through typedefs that may have added "volatile" at
3554 * a different level.
Douglas Gregor56a63802011-01-27 16:27:11 +00003555 */
3556CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isVolatileQualifiedType(CXType T);
3557
3558/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003559 * Determine whether a CXType has the "restrict" qualifier set,
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00003560 * without looking through typedefs that may have added "restrict" at a
3561 * different level.
Douglas Gregor56a63802011-01-27 16:27:11 +00003562 */
3563CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isRestrictQualifiedType(CXType T);
3564
3565/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003566 * Returns the address space of the given type.
Sven van Haastregte8910422017-06-08 14:22:04 +00003567 */
3568CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getAddressSpace(CXType T);
3569
3570/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003571 * Returns the typedef name of the given type.
Sven van Haastregte8910422017-06-08 14:22:04 +00003572 */
3573CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTypedefName(CXType CT);
3574
3575/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003576 * For pointer types, returns the type of the pointee.
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003577 */
3578CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getPointeeType(CXType T);
3579
3580/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003581 * Return the cursor for the declaration of the given type.
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003582 */
3583CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getTypeDeclaration(CXType T);
3584
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00003585/**
3586 * Returns the Objective-C type encoding for the specified declaration.
3587 */
3588CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDeclObjCTypeEncoding(CXCursor C);
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003589
3590/**
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00003591 * Returns the Objective-C type encoding for the specified CXType.
3592 */
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00003593CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Type_getObjCEncoding(CXType type);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00003594
3595/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003596 * Retrieve the spelling of a given CXTypeKind.
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003597 */
3598CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTypeKindSpelling(enum CXTypeKind K);
3599
3600/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003601 * Retrieve the calling convention associated with a function type.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003602 *
3603 * If a non-function type is passed in, CXCallingConv_Invalid is returned.
3604 */
3605CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCallingConv clang_getFunctionTypeCallingConv(CXType T);
3606
3607/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003608 * Retrieve the return type associated with a function type.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003609 *
3610 * If a non-function type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
Ted Kremenekc1508872010-06-21 20:15:39 +00003611 */
3612CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getResultType(CXType T);
3613
3614/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003615 * Retrieve the exception specification type associated with a function type.
Richard Smitheedb0c92018-05-11 19:46:31 +00003616 * This is a value of type CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind.
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +00003617 *
3618 * If a non-function type is passed in, an error code of -1 is returned.
3619 */
3620CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getExceptionSpecificationType(CXType T);
3621
3622/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003623 * Retrieve the number of non-variadic parameters associated with a
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00003624 * function type.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003625 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0c27e4b2012-04-11 19:32:19 +00003626 * If a non-function type is passed in, -1 is returned.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003627 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0c27e4b2012-04-11 19:32:19 +00003628CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getNumArgTypes(CXType T);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003629
3630/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003631 * Retrieve the type of a parameter of a function type.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003632 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00003633 * If a non-function type is passed in or the function does not have enough
3634 * parameters, an invalid type is returned.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003635 */
3636CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getArgType(CXType T, unsigned i);
3637
3638/**
Michael Wu9c852612018-08-03 03:03:20 +00003639 * Retrieves the base type of the ObjCObjectType.
3640 *
3641 * If the type is not an ObjC object, an invalid type is returned.
3642 */
3643CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getObjCObjectBaseType(CXType T);
3644
3645/**
3646 * Retrieve the number of protocol references associated with an ObjC object/id.
3647 *
3648 * If the type is not an ObjC object, 0 is returned.
3649 */
3650CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Type_getNumObjCProtocolRefs(CXType T);
3651
3652/**
3653 * Retrieve the decl for a protocol reference for an ObjC object/id.
3654 *
3655 * If the type is not an ObjC object or there are not enough protocol
3656 * references, an invalid cursor is returned.
3657 */
3658CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_Type_getObjCProtocolDecl(CXType T, unsigned i);
3659
3660/**
3661 * Retreive the number of type arguments associated with an ObjC object.
3662 *
3663 * If the type is not an ObjC object, 0 is returned.
3664 */
3665CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Type_getNumObjCTypeArgs(CXType T);
3666
3667/**
3668 * Retrieve a type argument associated with an ObjC object.
3669 *
3670 * If the type is not an ObjC or the index is not valid,
3671 * an invalid type is returned.
3672 */
3673CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getObjCTypeArg(CXType T, unsigned i);
3674
3675/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003676 * Return 1 if the CXType is a variadic function type, and 0 otherwise.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003677 */
3678CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isFunctionTypeVariadic(CXType T);
3679
3680/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003681 * Retrieve the return type associated with a given cursor.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003682 *
3683 * This only returns a valid type if the cursor refers to a function or method.
Ted Kremenekc62ab8d2010-06-21 20:48:56 +00003684 */
3685CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getCursorResultType(CXCursor C);
3686
3687/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003688 * Retrieve the exception specification type associated with a given cursor.
Richard Smitheedb0c92018-05-11 19:46:31 +00003689 * This is a value of type CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind.
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +00003690 *
3691 * This only returns a valid result if the cursor refers to a function or method.
3692 */
3693CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getCursorExceptionSpecificationType(CXCursor C);
3694
3695/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003696 * Return 1 if the CXType is a POD (plain old data) type, and 0
Ted Kremenek0c7476a2010-07-30 00:14:11 +00003697 * otherwise.
3698 */
3699CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isPODType(CXType T);
3700
3701/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003702 * Return the element type of an array, complex, or vector type.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003703 *
3704 * If a type is passed in that is not an array, complex, or vector type,
3705 * an invalid type is returned.
3706 */
3707CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getElementType(CXType T);
3708
3709/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003710 * Return the number of elements of an array or vector type.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003711 *
3712 * If a type is passed in that is not an array or vector type,
3713 * -1 is returned.
3714 */
3715CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_getNumElements(CXType T);
3716
3717/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003718 * Return the element type of an array type.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b0cf602011-09-27 17:44:34 +00003719 *
3720 * If a non-array type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
3721 */
3722CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getArrayElementType(CXType T);
3723
3724/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003725 * Return the array size of a constant array.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b0cf602011-09-27 17:44:34 +00003726 *
3727 * If a non-array type is passed in, -1 is returned.
3728 */
3729CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_getArraySize(CXType T);
3730
3731/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003732 * Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id.
Sergey Kalinichev69770ae2016-05-03 06:58:29 +00003733 *
3734 * If a non-elaborated type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
3735 */
3736CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getNamedType(CXType T);
3737
3738/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003739 * Determine if a typedef is 'transparent' tag.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3b25c912017-03-21 16:56:02 +00003740 *
3741 * A typedef is considered 'transparent' if it shares a name and spelling
3742 * location with its underlying tag type, as is the case with the NS_ENUM macro.
3743 *
3744 * \returns non-zero if transparent and zero otherwise.
3745 */
3746CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Type_isTransparentTagTypedef(CXType T);
3747
Michael Wu7649e622018-08-03 04:38:04 +00003748enum CXTypeNullabilityKind {
3749 /**
3750 * Values of this type can never be null.
3751 */
3752 CXTypeNullability_NonNull = 0,
3753 /**
3754 * Values of this type can be null.
3755 */
3756 CXTypeNullability_Nullable = 1,
3757 /**
3758 * Whether values of this type can be null is (explicitly)
3759 * unspecified. This captures a (fairly rare) case where we
3760 * can't conclude anything about the nullability of the type even
3761 * though it has been considered.
3762 */
3763 CXTypeNullability_Unspecified = 2,
3764 /**
3765 * Nullability is not applicable to this type.
3766 */
3767 CXTypeNullability_Invalid = 3
3768};
3769
3770/**
3771 * Retrieve the nullability kind of a pointer type.
3772 */
3773CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXTypeNullabilityKind clang_Type_getNullability(CXType T);
3774
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3b25c912017-03-21 16:56:02 +00003775/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003776 * List the possible error codes for \c clang_Type_getSizeOf,
Argyrios Kyrtzidise822f582013-04-11 01:20:11 +00003777 * \c clang_Type_getAlignOf, \c clang_Type_getOffsetOf and
3778 * \c clang_Cursor_getOffsetOf.
3779 *
3780 * A value of this enumeration type can be returned if the target type is not
3781 * a valid argument to sizeof, alignof or offsetof.
3782 */
3783enum CXTypeLayoutError {
3784 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003785 * Type is of kind CXType_Invalid.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise822f582013-04-11 01:20:11 +00003786 */
3787 CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid = -1,
3788 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003789 * The type is an incomplete Type.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise822f582013-04-11 01:20:11 +00003790 */
3791 CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete = -2,
3792 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003793 * The type is a dependent Type.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise822f582013-04-11 01:20:11 +00003794 */
3795 CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent = -3,
3796 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003797 * The type is not a constant size type.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise822f582013-04-11 01:20:11 +00003798 */
3799 CXTypeLayoutError_NotConstantSize = -4,
3800 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003801 * The Field name is not valid for this record.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise822f582013-04-11 01:20:11 +00003802 */
3803 CXTypeLayoutError_InvalidFieldName = -5
3804};
3805
3806/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003807 * Return the alignment of a type in bytes as per C++[expr.alignof]
Argyrios Kyrtzidise822f582013-04-11 01:20:11 +00003808 * standard.
3809 *
3810 * If the type declaration is invalid, CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid is returned.
3811 * If the type declaration is an incomplete type, CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete
3812 * is returned.
3813 * If the type declaration is a dependent type, CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent is
3814 * returned.
3815 * If the type declaration is not a constant size type,
3816 * CXTypeLayoutError_NotConstantSize is returned.
3817 */
3818CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Type_getAlignOf(CXType T);
3819
3820/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003821 * Return the class type of an member pointer type.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7a4253b2013-10-03 16:19:23 +00003822 *
3823 * If a non-member-pointer type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
3824 */
3825CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getClassType(CXType T);
3826
3827/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003828 * Return the size of a type in bytes as per C++[expr.sizeof] standard.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise822f582013-04-11 01:20:11 +00003829 *
3830 * If the type declaration is invalid, CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid is returned.
3831 * If the type declaration is an incomplete type, CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete
3832 * is returned.
3833 * If the type declaration is a dependent type, CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent is
3834 * returned.
3835 */
3836CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Type_getSizeOf(CXType T);
3837
3838/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003839 * Return the offset of a field named S in a record of type T in bits
Argyrios Kyrtzidise822f582013-04-11 01:20:11 +00003840 * as it would be returned by __offsetof__ as per C++11[18.2p4]
3841 *
3842 * If the cursor is not a record field declaration, CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid
3843 * is returned.
3844 * If the field's type declaration is an incomplete type,
3845 * CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete is returned.
3846 * If the field's type declaration is a dependent type,
3847 * CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent is returned.
3848 * If the field's name S is not found,
3849 * CXTypeLayoutError_InvalidFieldName is returned.
3850 */
3851CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Type_getOffsetOf(CXType T, const char *S);
3852
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2bff5162015-04-13 16:55:04 +00003853/**
Michael Wu153085d2018-08-03 04:21:25 +00003854 * Return the type that was modified by this attributed type.
3855 *
3856 * If the type is not an attributed type, an invalid type is returned.
3857 */
3858CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getModifiedType(CXType T);
3859
3860/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003861 * Return the offset of the field represented by the Cursor.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2bff5162015-04-13 16:55:04 +00003862 *
3863 * If the cursor is not a field declaration, -1 is returned.
3864 * If the cursor semantic parent is not a record field declaration,
3865 * CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid is returned.
3866 * If the field's type declaration is an incomplete type,
3867 * CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete is returned.
3868 * If the field's type declaration is a dependent type,
3869 * CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent is returned.
3870 * If the field's name S is not found,
3871 * CXTypeLayoutError_InvalidFieldName is returned.
3872 */
3873CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Cursor_getOffsetOfField(CXCursor C);
3874
3875/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003876 * Determine whether the given cursor represents an anonymous record
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2bff5162015-04-13 16:55:04 +00003877 * declaration.
3878 */
3879CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isAnonymous(CXCursor C);
3880
Argyrios Kyrtzidisadff3ae2013-10-11 19:58:38 +00003881enum CXRefQualifierKind {
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003882 /** No ref-qualifier was provided. */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisadff3ae2013-10-11 19:58:38 +00003883 CXRefQualifier_None = 0,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003884 /** An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &). */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisadff3ae2013-10-11 19:58:38 +00003885 CXRefQualifier_LValue,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003886 /** An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&). */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisadff3ae2013-10-11 19:58:38 +00003887 CXRefQualifier_RValue
3888};
3889
3890/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003891 * Returns the number of template arguments for given template
Argyrios Kyrtzidis35f5aab2016-11-15 20:51:46 +00003892 * specialization, or -1 if type \c T is not a template specialization.
Dmitri Gribenko6ede6ab2014-02-27 16:05:05 +00003893 */
3894CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Type_getNumTemplateArguments(CXType T);
3895
3896/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003897 * Returns the type template argument of a template class specialization
Dmitri Gribenko6ede6ab2014-02-27 16:05:05 +00003898 * at given index.
3899 *
3900 * This function only returns template type arguments and does not handle
3901 * template template arguments or variadic packs.
3902 */
3903CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getTemplateArgumentAsType(CXType T, unsigned i);
3904
3905/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003906 * Retrieve the ref-qualifier kind of a function or method.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisadff3ae2013-10-11 19:58:38 +00003907 *
3908 * The ref-qualifier is returned for C++ functions or methods. For other types
3909 * or non-C++ declarations, CXRefQualifier_None is returned.
3910 */
3911CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXRefQualifierKind clang_Type_getCXXRefQualifier(CXType T);
3912
Argyrios Kyrtzidise822f582013-04-11 01:20:11 +00003913/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003914 * Returns non-zero if the cursor specifies a Record member that is a
Argyrios Kyrtzidise822f582013-04-11 01:20:11 +00003915 * bitfield.
3916 */
3917CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isBitField(CXCursor C);
3918
3919/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003920 * Returns 1 if the base class specified by the cursor with kind
Ted Kremenekae9e2212010-08-27 21:34:58 +00003921 * CX_CXXBaseSpecifier is virtual.
3922 */
3923CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isVirtualBase(CXCursor);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00003924
Ted Kremenekae9e2212010-08-27 21:34:58 +00003925/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003926 * Represents the C++ access control level to a base class for a
Ted Kremenekae9e2212010-08-27 21:34:58 +00003927 * cursor with kind CX_CXXBaseSpecifier.
3928 */
3929enum CX_CXXAccessSpecifier {
3930 CX_CXXInvalidAccessSpecifier,
3931 CX_CXXPublic,
3932 CX_CXXProtected,
3933 CX_CXXPrivate
3934};
3935
3936/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003937 * Returns the access control level for the referenced object.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisf6464082013-04-11 17:31:13 +00003938 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1ab09cc2013-04-11 17:02:10 +00003939 * If the cursor refers to a C++ declaration, its access control level within its
3940 * parent scope is returned. Otherwise, if the cursor refers to a base specifier or
3941 * access specifier, the specifier itself is returned.
Ted Kremenekae9e2212010-08-27 21:34:58 +00003942 */
3943CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CX_CXXAccessSpecifier clang_getCXXAccessSpecifier(CXCursor);
3944
3945/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003946 * Represents the storage classes as declared in the source. CX_SC_Invalid
Chad Rosierdb1cc7f2014-12-05 15:50:44 +00003947 * was added for the case that the passed cursor in not a declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4e0854f2014-10-15 17:05:31 +00003948 */
3949enum CX_StorageClass {
3950 CX_SC_Invalid,
3951 CX_SC_None,
3952 CX_SC_Extern,
3953 CX_SC_Static,
3954 CX_SC_PrivateExtern,
3955 CX_SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal,
3956 CX_SC_Auto,
3957 CX_SC_Register
3958};
3959
3960/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003961 * Returns the storage class for a function or variable declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4e0854f2014-10-15 17:05:31 +00003962 *
3963 * If the passed in Cursor is not a function or variable declaration,
3964 * CX_SC_Invalid is returned else the storage class.
3965 */
3966CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CX_StorageClass clang_Cursor_getStorageClass(CXCursor);
3967
3968/**
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00003969 * Determine the number of overloaded declarations referenced by a
Douglas Gregor16a2bdd2010-09-13 22:52:57 +00003970 * \c CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef cursor.
3971 *
3972 * \param cursor The cursor whose overloaded declarations are being queried.
3973 *
3974 * \returns The number of overloaded declarations referenced by \c cursor. If it
3975 * is not a \c CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef cursor, returns 0.
3976 */
3977CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getNumOverloadedDecls(CXCursor cursor);
3978
3979/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003980 * Retrieve a cursor for one of the overloaded declarations referenced
Douglas Gregor16a2bdd2010-09-13 22:52:57 +00003981 * by a \c CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef cursor.
3982 *
3983 * \param cursor The cursor whose overloaded declarations are being queried.
3984 *
3985 * \param index The zero-based index into the set of overloaded declarations in
3986 * the cursor.
3987 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00003988 * \returns A cursor representing the declaration referenced by the given
3989 * \c cursor at the specified \c index. If the cursor does not have an
Douglas Gregor16a2bdd2010-09-13 22:52:57 +00003990 * associated set of overloaded declarations, or if the index is out of bounds,
3991 * returns \c clang_getNullCursor();
3992 */
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00003993CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getOverloadedDecl(CXCursor cursor,
Douglas Gregor16a2bdd2010-09-13 22:52:57 +00003994 unsigned index);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00003995
Douglas Gregor16a2bdd2010-09-13 22:52:57 +00003996/**
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003997 * @}
3998 */
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00003999
Ted Kremeneka5940822010-08-26 01:42:22 +00004000/**
Ted Kremenek2c2c5f32010-08-27 21:34:51 +00004001 * \defgroup CINDEX_ATTRIBUTES Information for attributes
Ted Kremeneka5940822010-08-26 01:42:22 +00004002 *
4003 * @{
4004 */
4005
Ted Kremeneka5940822010-08-26 01:42:22 +00004006/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004007 * For cursors representing an iboutletcollection attribute,
Ted Kremeneka5940822010-08-26 01:42:22 +00004008 * this function returns the collection element type.
4009 *
4010 */
4011CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getIBOutletCollectionType(CXCursor);
4012
4013/**
4014 * @}
4015 */
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00004016
4017/**
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004018 * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_TRAVERSAL Traversing the AST with cursors
4019 *
4020 * These routines provide the ability to traverse the abstract syntax tree
4021 * using cursors.
4022 *
4023 * @{
4024 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004025
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004026/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004027 * Describes how the traversal of the children of a particular
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004028 * cursor should proceed after visiting a particular child cursor.
4029 *
4030 * A value of this enumeration type should be returned by each
4031 * \c CXCursorVisitor to indicate how clang_visitChildren() proceed.
4032 */
4033enum CXChildVisitResult {
4034 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004035 * Terminates the cursor traversal.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004036 */
4037 CXChildVisit_Break,
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004038 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004039 * Continues the cursor traversal with the next sibling of
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004040 * the cursor just visited, without visiting its children.
4041 */
4042 CXChildVisit_Continue,
4043 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004044 * Recursively traverse the children of this cursor, using
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004045 * the same visitor and client data.
4046 */
4047 CXChildVisit_Recurse
4048};
4049
4050/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004051 * Visitor invoked for each cursor found by a traversal.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004052 *
4053 * This visitor function will be invoked for each cursor found by
4054 * clang_visitCursorChildren(). Its first argument is the cursor being
4055 * visited, its second argument is the parent visitor for that cursor,
4056 * and its third argument is the client data provided to
4057 * clang_visitCursorChildren().
4058 *
4059 * The visitor should return one of the \c CXChildVisitResult values
4060 * to direct clang_visitCursorChildren().
4061 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004062typedef enum CXChildVisitResult (*CXCursorVisitor)(CXCursor cursor,
4063 CXCursor parent,
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004064 CXClientData client_data);
4065
4066/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004067 * Visit the children of a particular cursor.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004068 *
4069 * This function visits all the direct children of the given cursor,
4070 * invoking the given \p visitor function with the cursors of each
4071 * visited child. The traversal may be recursive, if the visitor returns
4072 * \c CXChildVisit_Recurse. The traversal may also be ended prematurely, if
4073 * the visitor returns \c CXChildVisit_Break.
4074 *
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004075 * \param parent the cursor whose child may be visited. All kinds of
Daniel Dunbarb9999fd2010-01-24 04:10:31 +00004076 * cursors can be visited, including invalid cursors (which, by
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004077 * definition, have no children).
4078 *
4079 * \param visitor the visitor function that will be invoked for each
4080 * child of \p parent.
4081 *
4082 * \param client_data pointer data supplied by the client, which will
4083 * be passed to the visitor each time it is invoked.
4084 *
4085 * \returns a non-zero value if the traversal was terminated
4086 * prematurely by the visitor returning \c CXChildVisit_Break.
4087 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004088CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_visitChildren(CXCursor parent,
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004089 CXCursorVisitor visitor,
4090 CXClientData client_data);
David Chisnallb2aa0ef2010-11-03 14:12:26 +00004091#ifdef __has_feature
4092# if __has_feature(blocks)
4093/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004094 * Visitor invoked for each cursor found by a traversal.
David Chisnallb2aa0ef2010-11-03 14:12:26 +00004095 *
4096 * This visitor block will be invoked for each cursor found by
4097 * clang_visitChildrenWithBlock(). Its first argument is the cursor being
4098 * visited, its second argument is the parent visitor for that cursor.
4099 *
4100 * The visitor should return one of the \c CXChildVisitResult values
4101 * to direct clang_visitChildrenWithBlock().
4102 */
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004103typedef enum CXChildVisitResult
David Chisnallb2aa0ef2010-11-03 14:12:26 +00004104 (^CXCursorVisitorBlock)(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent);
4105
4106/**
4107 * Visits the children of a cursor using the specified block. Behaves
4108 * identically to clang_visitChildren() in all other respects.
4109 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa0a35d72016-02-07 18:21:28 +00004110CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_visitChildrenWithBlock(CXCursor parent,
4111 CXCursorVisitorBlock block);
David Chisnallb2aa0ef2010-11-03 14:12:26 +00004112# endif
4113#endif
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004114
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004115/**
4116 * @}
4117 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004118
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004119/**
4120 * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_XREF Cross-referencing in the AST
4121 *
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004122 * These routines provide the ability to determine references within and
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004123 * across translation units, by providing the names of the entities referenced
4124 * by cursors, follow reference cursors to the declarations they reference,
4125 * and associate declarations with their definitions.
4126 *
4127 * @{
4128 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004129
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004130/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004131 * Retrieve a Unified Symbol Resolution (USR) for the entity referenced
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004132 * by the given cursor.
4133 *
4134 * A Unified Symbol Resolution (USR) is a string that identifies a particular
4135 * entity (function, class, variable, etc.) within a program. USRs can be
4136 * compared across translation units to determine, e.g., when references in
4137 * one translation refer to an entity defined in another translation unit.
4138 */
4139CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorUSR(CXCursor);
4140
4141/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004142 * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C class.
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004143 */
4144CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCClass(const char *class_name);
4145
4146/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004147 * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C category.
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004148 */
4149CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
Ted Kremenekbc1a67b2010-03-15 17:38:58 +00004150 clang_constructUSR_ObjCCategory(const char *class_name,
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004151 const char *category_name);
4152
4153/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004154 * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C protocol.
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004155 */
4156CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
4157 clang_constructUSR_ObjCProtocol(const char *protocol_name);
4158
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004159/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004160 * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C instance variable and
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004161 * the USR for its containing class.
4162 */
4163CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCIvar(const char *name,
4164 CXString classUSR);
4165
4166/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004167 * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C method and
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004168 * the USR for its containing class.
4169 */
4170CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCMethod(const char *name,
4171 unsigned isInstanceMethod,
4172 CXString classUSR);
4173
4174/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004175 * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C property and the USR
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004176 * for its containing class.
4177 */
4178CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCProperty(const char *property,
4179 CXString classUSR);
4180
4181/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004182 * Retrieve a name for the entity referenced by this cursor.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004183 */
4184CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorSpelling(CXCursor);
4185
Douglas Gregor97c75712010-10-02 22:49:11 +00004186/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004187 * Retrieve a range for a piece that forms the cursors spelling name.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis191a6a82012-03-30 20:58:35 +00004188 * Most of the times there is only one range for the complete spelling but for
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00004189 * Objective-C methods and Objective-C message expressions, there are multiple
4190 * pieces for each selector identifier.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004191 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis191a6a82012-03-30 20:58:35 +00004192 * \param pieceIndex the index of the spelling name piece. If this is greater
4193 * than the actual number of pieces, it will return a NULL (invalid) range.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004194 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis191a6a82012-03-30 20:58:35 +00004195 * \param options Reserved.
4196 */
4197CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getSpellingNameRange(CXCursor,
4198 unsigned pieceIndex,
4199 unsigned options);
4200
4201/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004202 * Opaque pointer representing a policy that controls pretty printing
Jonathan Coe45ef5032018-01-16 10:19:56 +00004203 * for \c clang_getCursorPrettyPrinted.
4204 */
4205typedef void *CXPrintingPolicy;
4206
4207/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004208 * Properties for the printing policy.
Jonathan Coe45ef5032018-01-16 10:19:56 +00004209 *
4210 * See \c clang::PrintingPolicy for more information.
4211 */
4212enum CXPrintingPolicyProperty {
4213 CXPrintingPolicy_Indentation,
4214 CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressSpecifiers,
4215 CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressTagKeyword,
4216 CXPrintingPolicy_IncludeTagDefinition,
4217 CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressScope,
4218 CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressUnwrittenScope,
4219 CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressInitializers,
4220 CXPrintingPolicy_ConstantArraySizeAsWritten,
4221 CXPrintingPolicy_AnonymousTagLocations,
4222 CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressStrongLifetime,
4223 CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressLifetimeQualifiers,
4224 CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressTemplateArgsInCXXConstructors,
4225 CXPrintingPolicy_Bool,
4226 CXPrintingPolicy_Restrict,
4227 CXPrintingPolicy_Alignof,
4228 CXPrintingPolicy_UnderscoreAlignof,
4229 CXPrintingPolicy_UseVoidForZeroParams,
4230 CXPrintingPolicy_TerseOutput,
4231 CXPrintingPolicy_PolishForDeclaration,
4232 CXPrintingPolicy_Half,
4233 CXPrintingPolicy_MSWChar,
4234 CXPrintingPolicy_IncludeNewlines,
4235 CXPrintingPolicy_MSVCFormatting,
4236 CXPrintingPolicy_ConstantsAsWritten,
4237 CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressImplicitBase,
4238 CXPrintingPolicy_FullyQualifiedName,
4239
4240 CXPrintingPolicy_LastProperty = CXPrintingPolicy_FullyQualifiedName
4241};
4242
4243/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004244 * Get a property value for the given printing policy.
Jonathan Coe45ef5032018-01-16 10:19:56 +00004245 */
Ivan Donchevskii4cab0fe2018-01-16 12:11:59 +00004246CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
Jonathan Coe45ef5032018-01-16 10:19:56 +00004247clang_PrintingPolicy_getProperty(CXPrintingPolicy Policy,
4248 enum CXPrintingPolicyProperty Property);
4249
4250/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004251 * Set a property value for the given printing policy.
Jonathan Coe45ef5032018-01-16 10:19:56 +00004252 */
Ivan Donchevskii4cab0fe2018-01-16 12:11:59 +00004253CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_PrintingPolicy_setProperty(CXPrintingPolicy Policy,
4254 enum CXPrintingPolicyProperty Property,
4255 unsigned Value);
Jonathan Coe45ef5032018-01-16 10:19:56 +00004256
4257/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004258 * Retrieve the default policy for the cursor.
Jonathan Coe45ef5032018-01-16 10:19:56 +00004259 *
4260 * The policy should be released after use with \c
4261 * clang_PrintingPolicy_dispose.
4262 */
4263CINDEX_LINKAGE CXPrintingPolicy clang_getCursorPrintingPolicy(CXCursor);
4264
4265/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004266 * Release a printing policy.
Jonathan Coe45ef5032018-01-16 10:19:56 +00004267 */
4268CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_PrintingPolicy_dispose(CXPrintingPolicy Policy);
4269
4270/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004271 * Pretty print declarations.
Jonathan Coe45ef5032018-01-16 10:19:56 +00004272 *
4273 * \param Cursor The cursor representing a declaration.
4274 *
4275 * \param Policy The policy to control the entities being printed. If
4276 * NULL, a default policy is used.
4277 *
4278 * \returns The pretty printed declaration or the empty string for
4279 * other cursors.
4280 */
4281CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorPrettyPrinted(CXCursor Cursor,
4282 CXPrintingPolicy Policy);
4283
4284/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004285 * Retrieve the display name for the entity referenced by this cursor.
Douglas Gregor97c75712010-10-02 22:49:11 +00004286 *
4287 * The display name contains extra information that helps identify the cursor,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004288 * such as the parameters of a function or template or the arguments of a
Douglas Gregor97c75712010-10-02 22:49:11 +00004289 * class template specialization.
4290 */
4291CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorDisplayName(CXCursor);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004292
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004293/** For a cursor that is a reference, retrieve a cursor representing the
Douglas Gregorad27e8b2010-01-19 01:20:04 +00004294 * entity that it references.
4295 *
4296 * Reference cursors refer to other entities in the AST. For example, an
4297 * Objective-C superclass reference cursor refers to an Objective-C class.
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004298 * This function produces the cursor for the Objective-C class from the
Douglas Gregorad27e8b2010-01-19 01:20:04 +00004299 * cursor for the superclass reference. If the input cursor is a declaration or
4300 * definition, it returns that declaration or definition unchanged.
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004301 * Otherwise, returns the NULL cursor.
Douglas Gregorad27e8b2010-01-19 01:20:04 +00004302 */
4303CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorReferenced(CXCursor);
Douglas Gregor6b8232f2010-01-19 19:34:47 +00004304
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004305/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004306 * For a cursor that is either a reference to or a declaration
Douglas Gregor6b8232f2010-01-19 19:34:47 +00004307 * of some entity, retrieve a cursor that describes the definition of
4308 * that entity.
4309 *
4310 * Some entities can be declared multiple times within a translation
4311 * unit, but only one of those declarations can also be a
4312 * definition. For example, given:
4313 *
4314 * \code
4315 * int f(int, int);
4316 * int g(int x, int y) { return f(x, y); }
4317 * int f(int a, int b) { return a + b; }
4318 * int f(int, int);
4319 * \endcode
4320 *
4321 * there are three declarations of the function "f", but only the
4322 * second one is a definition. The clang_getCursorDefinition()
4323 * function will take any cursor pointing to a declaration of "f"
4324 * (the first or fourth lines of the example) or a cursor referenced
4325 * that uses "f" (the call to "f' inside "g") and will return a
4326 * declaration cursor pointing to the definition (the second "f"
4327 * declaration).
4328 *
4329 * If given a cursor for which there is no corresponding definition,
4330 * e.g., because there is no definition of that entity within this
4331 * translation unit, returns a NULL cursor.
4332 */
4333CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorDefinition(CXCursor);
4334
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004335/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004336 * Determine whether the declaration pointed to by this cursor
Douglas Gregor6b8232f2010-01-19 19:34:47 +00004337 * is also a definition of that entity.
4338 */
4339CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isCursorDefinition(CXCursor);
4340
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004341/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004342 * Retrieve the canonical cursor corresponding to the given cursor.
Douglas Gregorfec4dc92010-11-19 23:44:15 +00004343 *
4344 * In the C family of languages, many kinds of entities can be declared several
4345 * times within a single translation unit. For example, a structure type can
4346 * be forward-declared (possibly multiple times) and later defined:
4347 *
4348 * \code
4349 * struct X;
4350 * struct X;
4351 * struct X {
4352 * int member;
4353 * };
4354 * \endcode
4355 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004356 * The declarations and the definition of \c X are represented by three
4357 * different cursors, all of which are declarations of the same underlying
Douglas Gregorfec4dc92010-11-19 23:44:15 +00004358 * entity. One of these cursor is considered the "canonical" cursor, which
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004359 * is effectively the representative for the underlying entity. One can
Douglas Gregorfec4dc92010-11-19 23:44:15 +00004360 * determine if two cursors are declarations of the same underlying entity by
4361 * comparing their canonical cursors.
4362 *
4363 * \returns The canonical cursor for the entity referred to by the given cursor.
4364 */
4365CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCanonicalCursor(CXCursor);
4366
Argyrios Kyrtzidis210f29f2012-03-30 22:15:48 +00004367/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004368 * If the cursor points to a selector identifier in an Objective-C
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00004369 * method or message expression, this returns the selector index.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis210f29f2012-03-30 22:15:48 +00004370 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00004371 * After getting a cursor with #clang_getCursor, this can be called to
Argyrios Kyrtzidis210f29f2012-03-30 22:15:48 +00004372 * determine if the location points to a selector identifier.
4373 *
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00004374 * \returns The selector index if the cursor is an Objective-C method or message
Argyrios Kyrtzidis210f29f2012-03-30 22:15:48 +00004375 * expression and the cursor is pointing to a selector identifier, or -1
4376 * otherwise.
4377 */
4378CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_getObjCSelectorIndex(CXCursor);
4379
Douglas Gregorfec4dc92010-11-19 23:44:15 +00004380/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004381 * Given a cursor pointing to a C++ method call or an Objective-C
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00004382 * message, returns non-zero if the method/message is "dynamic", meaning:
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004383 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb6df68212012-07-02 23:54:36 +00004384 * For a C++ method: the call is virtual.
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00004385 * For an Objective-C message: the receiver is an object instance, not 'super'
4386 * or a specific class.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004387 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb6df68212012-07-02 23:54:36 +00004388 * If the method/message is "static" or the cursor does not point to a
4389 * method/message, it will return zero.
4390 */
4391CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_isDynamicCall(CXCursor C);
4392
4393/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004394 * Given a cursor pointing to an Objective-C message or property
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2a684862017-04-27 17:23:04 +00004395 * reference, or C++ method call, returns the CXType of the receiver.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb26a24c2012-11-01 02:01:34 +00004396 */
4397CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Cursor_getReceiverType(CXCursor C);
4398
4399/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004400 * Property attributes for a \c CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9adfd8a2013-04-18 22:15:49 +00004401 */
4402typedef enum {
4403 CXObjCPropertyAttr_noattr = 0x00,
4404 CXObjCPropertyAttr_readonly = 0x01,
4405 CXObjCPropertyAttr_getter = 0x02,
4406 CXObjCPropertyAttr_assign = 0x04,
4407 CXObjCPropertyAttr_readwrite = 0x08,
4408 CXObjCPropertyAttr_retain = 0x10,
4409 CXObjCPropertyAttr_copy = 0x20,
4410 CXObjCPropertyAttr_nonatomic = 0x40,
4411 CXObjCPropertyAttr_setter = 0x80,
4412 CXObjCPropertyAttr_atomic = 0x100,
4413 CXObjCPropertyAttr_weak = 0x200,
4414 CXObjCPropertyAttr_strong = 0x400,
Manman Ren04fd4d82016-05-31 23:22:04 +00004415 CXObjCPropertyAttr_unsafe_unretained = 0x800,
Manman Ren400e4c32016-06-03 23:11:41 +00004416 CXObjCPropertyAttr_class = 0x1000
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9adfd8a2013-04-18 22:15:49 +00004417} CXObjCPropertyAttrKind;
4418
4419/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004420 * Given a cursor that represents a property declaration, return the
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9adfd8a2013-04-18 22:15:49 +00004421 * associated property attributes. The bits are formed from
4422 * \c CXObjCPropertyAttrKind.
4423 *
4424 * \param reserved Reserved for future use, pass 0.
4425 */
4426CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_getObjCPropertyAttributes(CXCursor C,
4427 unsigned reserved);
4428
4429/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004430 * 'Qualifiers' written next to the return and parameter types in
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00004431 * Objective-C method declarations.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9d9bc012013-04-18 23:29:12 +00004432 */
4433typedef enum {
4434 CXObjCDeclQualifier_None = 0x0,
4435 CXObjCDeclQualifier_In = 0x1,
4436 CXObjCDeclQualifier_Inout = 0x2,
4437 CXObjCDeclQualifier_Out = 0x4,
4438 CXObjCDeclQualifier_Bycopy = 0x8,
4439 CXObjCDeclQualifier_Byref = 0x10,
4440 CXObjCDeclQualifier_Oneway = 0x20
4441} CXObjCDeclQualifierKind;
4442
4443/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004444 * Given a cursor that represents an Objective-C method or parameter
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00004445 * declaration, return the associated Objective-C qualifiers for the return
4446 * type or the parameter respectively. The bits are formed from
4447 * CXObjCDeclQualifierKind.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9d9bc012013-04-18 23:29:12 +00004448 */
4449CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_getObjCDeclQualifiers(CXCursor C);
4450
4451/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004452 * Given a cursor that represents an Objective-C method or property
Alex Lorenz6c2898a2017-04-06 14:03:25 +00004453 * declaration, return non-zero if the declaration was affected by "\@optional".
4454 * Returns zero if the cursor is not such a declaration or it is "\@required".
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7b50fc52013-07-05 20:44:37 +00004455 */
4456CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isObjCOptional(CXCursor C);
4457
4458/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004459 * Returns non-zero if the given cursor is a variadic function or method.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis23814e42013-04-18 23:53:05 +00004460 */
4461CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isVariadic(CXCursor C);
4462
4463/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004464 * Returns non-zero if the given cursor points to a symbol marked with
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0381cc72017-05-10 15:10:36 +00004465 * external_source_symbol attribute.
4466 *
4467 * \param language If non-NULL, and the attribute is present, will be set to
4468 * the 'language' string from the attribute.
4469 *
4470 * \param definedIn If non-NULL, and the attribute is present, will be set to
4471 * the 'definedIn' string from the attribute.
4472 *
4473 * \param isGenerated If non-NULL, and the attribute is present, will be set to
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8b337c02017-05-10 15:48:16 +00004474 * non-zero if the 'generated_declaration' is set in the attribute.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0381cc72017-05-10 15:10:36 +00004475 */
4476CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isExternalSymbol(CXCursor C,
4477 CXString *language, CXString *definedIn,
4478 unsigned *isGenerated);
4479
4480/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004481 * Given a cursor that represents a declaration, return the associated
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +00004482 * comment's source range. The range may include multiple consecutive comments
4483 * with whitespace in between.
4484 */
4485CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getCommentRange(CXCursor C);
4486
4487/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004488 * Given a cursor that represents a declaration, return the associated
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +00004489 * comment text, including comment markers.
4490 */
4491CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getRawCommentText(CXCursor C);
4492
4493/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004494 * Given a cursor that represents a documentable entity (e.g.,
4495 * declaration), return the associated \paragraph; otherwise return the
Dmitri Gribenko5e4fe002012-07-20 21:34:34 +00004496 * first paragraph.
Dmitri Gribenko5188c4b2012-06-26 20:39:18 +00004497 */
4498CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getBriefCommentText(CXCursor C);
4499
4500/**
Dmitri Gribenko5e4fe002012-07-20 21:34:34 +00004501 * @}
4502 */
4503
Eli Bendersky44a206f2014-07-31 18:04:56 +00004504/** \defgroup CINDEX_MANGLE Name Mangling API Functions
4505 *
4506 * @{
4507 */
4508
4509/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004510 * Retrieve the CXString representing the mangled name of the cursor.
Eli Bendersky44a206f2014-07-31 18:04:56 +00004511 */
4512CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getMangling(CXCursor);
4513
4514/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004515 * Retrieve the CXStrings representing the mangled symbols of the C++
Saleem Abdulrasool60034432015-11-12 03:57:22 +00004516 * constructor or destructor at the cursor.
4517 */
4518CINDEX_LINKAGE CXStringSet *clang_Cursor_getCXXManglings(CXCursor);
4519
4520/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004521 * Retrieve the CXStrings representing the mangled symbols of the ObjC
Dave Lee1a532c92017-09-22 16:58:57 +00004522 * class interface or implementation at the cursor.
4523 */
4524CINDEX_LINKAGE CXStringSet *clang_Cursor_getObjCManglings(CXCursor);
4525
4526/**
Eli Bendersky44a206f2014-07-31 18:04:56 +00004527 * @}
4528 */
4529
Dmitri Gribenko5e4fe002012-07-20 21:34:34 +00004530/**
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004531 * \defgroup CINDEX_MODULE Module introspection
4532 *
4533 * The functions in this group provide access to information about modules.
4534 *
4535 * @{
4536 */
4537
4538typedef void *CXModule;
4539
4540/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004541 * Given a CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl cursor, return the associated module.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004542 */
4543CINDEX_LINKAGE CXModule clang_Cursor_getModule(CXCursor C);
4544
4545/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004546 * Given a CXFile header file, return the module that contains it, if one
Argyrios Kyrtzidisf6d49c32014-05-14 23:14:37 +00004547 * exists.
4548 */
4549CINDEX_LINKAGE CXModule clang_getModuleForFile(CXTranslationUnit, CXFile);
4550
4551/**
Argyrios Kyrtzidisba30d922012-10-06 01:18:38 +00004552 * \param Module a module object.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004553 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis12fdb9e2013-04-26 22:47:49 +00004554 * \returns the module file where the provided module object came from.
4555 */
4556CINDEX_LINKAGE CXFile clang_Module_getASTFile(CXModule Module);
4557
4558/**
4559 * \param Module a module object.
4560 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004561 * \returns the parent of a sub-module or NULL if the given module is top-level,
4562 * e.g. for 'std.vector' it will return the 'std' module.
4563 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisba30d922012-10-06 01:18:38 +00004564CINDEX_LINKAGE CXModule clang_Module_getParent(CXModule Module);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004565
4566/**
Argyrios Kyrtzidisba30d922012-10-06 01:18:38 +00004567 * \param Module a module object.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004568 *
4569 * \returns the name of the module, e.g. for the 'std.vector' sub-module it
4570 * will return "vector".
4571 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisba30d922012-10-06 01:18:38 +00004572CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Module_getName(CXModule Module);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004573
4574/**
Argyrios Kyrtzidisba30d922012-10-06 01:18:38 +00004575 * \param Module a module object.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004576 *
4577 * \returns the full name of the module, e.g. "std.vector".
4578 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisba30d922012-10-06 01:18:38 +00004579CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Module_getFullName(CXModule Module);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004580
4581/**
Argyrios Kyrtzidisba30d922012-10-06 01:18:38 +00004582 * \param Module a module object.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004583 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis884337f2014-05-15 04:44:25 +00004584 * \returns non-zero if the module is a system one.
4585 */
4586CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Module_isSystem(CXModule Module);
4587
4588/**
4589 * \param Module a module object.
4590 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004591 * \returns the number of top level headers associated with this module.
4592 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3c5305c2013-03-13 21:13:43 +00004593CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Module_getNumTopLevelHeaders(CXTranslationUnit,
4594 CXModule Module);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004595
4596/**
Argyrios Kyrtzidisba30d922012-10-06 01:18:38 +00004597 * \param Module a module object.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004598 *
4599 * \param Index top level header index (zero-based).
4600 *
4601 * \returns the specified top level header associated with the module.
4602 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisba30d922012-10-06 01:18:38 +00004603CINDEX_LINKAGE
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3c5305c2013-03-13 21:13:43 +00004604CXFile clang_Module_getTopLevelHeader(CXTranslationUnit,
4605 CXModule Module, unsigned Index);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004606
4607/**
4608 * @}
4609 */
4610
4611/**
Ted Kremenek9cfe9e62010-05-17 20:06:56 +00004612 * \defgroup CINDEX_CPP C++ AST introspection
4613 *
4614 * The routines in this group provide access information in the ASTs specific
4615 * to C++ language features.
4616 *
4617 * @{
4618 */
4619
4620/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004621 * Determine if a C++ constructor is a converting constructor.
Jonathan Coe29565352016-04-27 12:48:25 +00004622 */
4623CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isConvertingConstructor(CXCursor C);
4624
4625/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004626 * Determine if a C++ constructor is a copy constructor.
Jonathan Coe29565352016-04-27 12:48:25 +00004627 */
4628CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isCopyConstructor(CXCursor C);
4629
4630/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004631 * Determine if a C++ constructor is the default constructor.
Jonathan Coe29565352016-04-27 12:48:25 +00004632 */
4633CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isDefaultConstructor(CXCursor C);
4634
4635/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004636 * Determine if a C++ constructor is a move constructor.
Jonathan Coe29565352016-04-27 12:48:25 +00004637 */
4638CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isMoveConstructor(CXCursor C);
4639
4640/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004641 * Determine if a C++ field is declared 'mutable'.
Saleem Abdulrasool6ea75db2015-10-27 15:50:22 +00004642 */
4643CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXField_isMutable(CXCursor C);
4644
4645/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004646 * Determine if a C++ method is declared '= default'.
Jonathan Coe29565352016-04-27 12:48:25 +00004647 */
4648CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isDefaulted(CXCursor C);
4649
4650/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004651 * Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
Dmitri Gribenko62770be2013-05-17 18:38:35 +00004652 * pure virtual.
4653 */
4654CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isPureVirtual(CXCursor C);
4655
4656/**
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004657 * Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
Douglas Gregorf11309e2010-08-31 22:12:17 +00004658 * declared 'static'.
Ted Kremenek9cfe9e62010-05-17 20:06:56 +00004659 */
4660CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isStatic(CXCursor C);
4661
4662/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004663 * Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
Douglas Gregor9519d922011-05-12 15:17:24 +00004664 * explicitly declared 'virtual' or if it overrides a virtual method from
4665 * one of the base classes.
4666 */
4667CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isVirtual(CXCursor C);
4668
4669/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004670 * Determine if a C++ record is abstract, i.e. whether a class or struct
Alex Lorenz34ccadc2017-12-14 22:01:50 +00004671 * has a pure virtual member function.
4672 */
4673CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXRecord_isAbstract(CXCursor C);
4674
4675/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004676 * Determine if an enum declaration refers to a scoped enum.
Alex Lorenzff7f42e2017-07-12 11:35:11 +00004677 */
4678CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_EnumDecl_isScoped(CXCursor C);
4679
4680/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004681 * Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
Dmitri Gribenkoe570ede2014-04-07 14:59:13 +00004682 * declared 'const'.
4683 */
4684CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isConst(CXCursor C);
4685
4686/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004687 * Given a cursor that represents a template, determine
Douglas Gregorf11309e2010-08-31 22:12:17 +00004688 * the cursor kind of the specializations would be generated by instantiating
4689 * the template.
4690 *
4691 * This routine can be used to determine what flavor of function template,
4692 * class template, or class template partial specialization is stored in the
4693 * cursor. For example, it can describe whether a class template cursor is
4694 * declared with "struct", "class" or "union".
4695 *
4696 * \param C The cursor to query. This cursor should represent a template
4697 * declaration.
4698 *
4699 * \returns The cursor kind of the specializations that would be generated
4700 * by instantiating the template \p C. If \p C is not a template, returns
4701 * \c CXCursor_NoDeclFound.
4702 */
4703CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCursorKind clang_getTemplateCursorKind(CXCursor C);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004704
Douglas Gregorf11309e2010-08-31 22:12:17 +00004705/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004706 * Given a cursor that may represent a specialization or instantiation
Douglas Gregord3f48bd2010-09-02 00:07:54 +00004707 * of a template, retrieve the cursor that represents the template that it
4708 * specializes or from which it was instantiated.
4709 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004710 * This routine determines the template involved both for explicit
Douglas Gregord3f48bd2010-09-02 00:07:54 +00004711 * specializations of templates and for implicit instantiations of the template,
4712 * both of which are referred to as "specializations". For a class template
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004713 * specialization (e.g., \c std::vector<bool>), this routine will return
Douglas Gregord3f48bd2010-09-02 00:07:54 +00004714 * either the primary template (\c std::vector) or, if the specialization was
4715 * instantiated from a class template partial specialization, the class template
4716 * partial specialization. For a class template partial specialization and a
4717 * function template specialization (including instantiations), this
4718 * this routine will return the specialized template.
4719 *
4720 * For members of a class template (e.g., member functions, member classes, or
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004721 * static data members), returns the specialized or instantiated member.
Douglas Gregord3f48bd2010-09-02 00:07:54 +00004722 * Although not strictly "templates" in the C++ language, members of class
4723 * templates have the same notions of specializations and instantiations that
4724 * templates do, so this routine treats them similarly.
4725 *
4726 * \param C A cursor that may be a specialization of a template or a member
4727 * of a template.
4728 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004729 * \returns If the given cursor is a specialization or instantiation of a
Douglas Gregord3f48bd2010-09-02 00:07:54 +00004730 * template or a member thereof, the template or member that it specializes or
4731 * from which it was instantiated. Otherwise, returns a NULL cursor.
4732 */
4733CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getSpecializedCursorTemplate(CXCursor C);
Douglas Gregorc1679ec2011-07-25 17:48:11 +00004734
4735/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004736 * Given a cursor that references something else, return the source range
Douglas Gregorc1679ec2011-07-25 17:48:11 +00004737 * covering that reference.
4738 *
4739 * \param C A cursor pointing to a member reference, a declaration reference, or
4740 * an operator call.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004741 * \param NameFlags A bitset with three independent flags:
Douglas Gregorc1679ec2011-07-25 17:48:11 +00004742 * CXNameRange_WantQualifier, CXNameRange_WantTemplateArgs, and
4743 * CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004744 * \param PieceIndex For contiguous names or when passing the flag
4745 * CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece, only one piece with index 0 is
Douglas Gregorc1679ec2011-07-25 17:48:11 +00004746 * available. When the CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece flag is not passed for a
Benjamin Kramer474261a2012-06-02 10:20:41 +00004747 * non-contiguous names, this index can be used to retrieve the individual
Douglas Gregorc1679ec2011-07-25 17:48:11 +00004748 * pieces of the name. See also CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece.
4749 *
4750 * \returns The piece of the name pointed to by the given cursor. If there is no
4751 * name, or if the PieceIndex is out-of-range, a null-cursor will be returned.
4752 */
Francois Pichetece689f2011-07-25 22:00:44 +00004753CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getCursorReferenceNameRange(CXCursor C,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004754 unsigned NameFlags,
Douglas Gregorc1679ec2011-07-25 17:48:11 +00004755 unsigned PieceIndex);
4756
4757enum CXNameRefFlags {
4758 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004759 * Include the nested-name-specifier, e.g. Foo:: in x.Foo::y, in the
Douglas Gregorc1679ec2011-07-25 17:48:11 +00004760 * range.
4761 */
4762 CXNameRange_WantQualifier = 0x1,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004763
Douglas Gregorc1679ec2011-07-25 17:48:11 +00004764 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004765 * Include the explicit template arguments, e.g. \<int> in x.f<int>,
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00004766 * in the range.
Douglas Gregorc1679ec2011-07-25 17:48:11 +00004767 */
4768 CXNameRange_WantTemplateArgs = 0x2,
4769
4770 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004771 * If the name is non-contiguous, return the full spanning range.
Douglas Gregorc1679ec2011-07-25 17:48:11 +00004772 *
4773 * Non-contiguous names occur in Objective-C when a selector with two or more
4774 * parameters is used, or in C++ when using an operator:
4775 * \code
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00004776 * [object doSomething:here withValue:there]; // Objective-C
Douglas Gregorc1679ec2011-07-25 17:48:11 +00004777 * return some_vector[1]; // C++
4778 * \endcode
4779 */
4780 CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece = 0x4
4781};
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004782
Douglas Gregord3f48bd2010-09-02 00:07:54 +00004783/**
Ted Kremenek9cfe9e62010-05-17 20:06:56 +00004784 * @}
4785 */
4786
4787/**
Douglas Gregor61656112010-01-26 18:31:56 +00004788 * \defgroup CINDEX_LEX Token extraction and manipulation
4789 *
4790 * The routines in this group provide access to the tokens within a
4791 * translation unit, along with a semantic mapping of those tokens to
4792 * their corresponding cursors.
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004793 *
4794 * @{
4795 */
4796
4797/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004798 * Describes a kind of token.
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004799 */
4800typedef enum CXTokenKind {
4801 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004802 * A token that contains some kind of punctuation.
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004803 */
4804 CXToken_Punctuation,
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004805
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004806 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004807 * A language keyword.
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004808 */
4809 CXToken_Keyword,
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004810
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004811 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004812 * An identifier (that is not a keyword).
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004813 */
4814 CXToken_Identifier,
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004815
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004816 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004817 * A numeric, string, or character literal.
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004818 */
4819 CXToken_Literal,
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004820
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004821 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004822 * A comment.
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004823 */
4824 CXToken_Comment
4825} CXTokenKind;
4826
4827/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004828 * Describes a single preprocessing token.
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004829 */
4830typedef struct {
4831 unsigned int_data[4];
4832 void *ptr_data;
4833} CXToken;
4834
4835/**
Ivan Donchevskii3957e482018-06-13 12:37:08 +00004836 * Get the raw lexical token starting with the given location.
4837 *
4838 * \param TU the translation unit whose text is being tokenized.
4839 *
4840 * \param Location the source location with which the token starts.
4841 *
4842 * \returns The token starting with the given location or NULL if no such token
4843 * exist. The returned pointer must be freed with clang_disposeTokens before the
4844 * translation unit is destroyed.
4845 */
4846CINDEX_LINKAGE CXToken *clang_getToken(CXTranslationUnit TU,
4847 CXSourceLocation Location);
4848
4849/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004850 * Determine the kind of the given token.
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004851 */
4852CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTokenKind clang_getTokenKind(CXToken);
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004853
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004854/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004855 * Determine the spelling of the given token.
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004856 *
4857 * The spelling of a token is the textual representation of that token, e.g.,
4858 * the text of an identifier or keyword.
4859 */
4860CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTokenSpelling(CXTranslationUnit, CXToken);
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004861
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004862/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004863 * Retrieve the source location of the given token.
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004864 */
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004865CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getTokenLocation(CXTranslationUnit,
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004866 CXToken);
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004867
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004868/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004869 * Retrieve a source range that covers the given token.
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004870 */
4871CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getTokenExtent(CXTranslationUnit, CXToken);
4872
4873/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004874 * Tokenize the source code described by the given range into raw
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004875 * lexical tokens.
4876 *
4877 * \param TU the translation unit whose text is being tokenized.
4878 *
4879 * \param Range the source range in which text should be tokenized. All of the
4880 * tokens produced by tokenization will fall within this source range,
4881 *
4882 * \param Tokens this pointer will be set to point to the array of tokens
4883 * that occur within the given source range. The returned pointer must be
4884 * freed with clang_disposeTokens() before the translation unit is destroyed.
4885 *
4886 * \param NumTokens will be set to the number of tokens in the \c *Tokens
4887 * array.
4888 *
4889 */
4890CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_tokenize(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXSourceRange Range,
4891 CXToken **Tokens, unsigned *NumTokens);
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004892
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004893/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004894 * Annotate the given set of tokens by providing cursors for each token
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004895 * that can be mapped to a specific entity within the abstract syntax tree.
4896 *
Douglas Gregor61656112010-01-26 18:31:56 +00004897 * This token-annotation routine is equivalent to invoking
4898 * clang_getCursor() for the source locations of each of the
4899 * tokens. The cursors provided are filtered, so that only those
4900 * cursors that have a direct correspondence to the token are
4901 * accepted. For example, given a function call \c f(x),
4902 * clang_getCursor() would provide the following cursors:
4903 *
4904 * * when the cursor is over the 'f', a DeclRefExpr cursor referring to 'f'.
4905 * * when the cursor is over the '(' or the ')', a CallExpr referring to 'f'.
4906 * * when the cursor is over the 'x', a DeclRefExpr cursor referring to 'x'.
4907 *
4908 * Only the first and last of these cursors will occur within the
4909 * annotate, since the tokens "f" and "x' directly refer to a function
4910 * and a variable, respectively, but the parentheses are just a small
4911 * part of the full syntax of the function call expression, which is
4912 * not provided as an annotation.
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004913 *
4914 * \param TU the translation unit that owns the given tokens.
4915 *
4916 * \param Tokens the set of tokens to annotate.
4917 *
4918 * \param NumTokens the number of tokens in \p Tokens.
4919 *
4920 * \param Cursors an array of \p NumTokens cursors, whose contents will be
4921 * replaced with the cursors corresponding to each token.
4922 */
4923CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_annotateTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU,
4924 CXToken *Tokens, unsigned NumTokens,
4925 CXCursor *Cursors);
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004926
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004927/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004928 * Free the given set of tokens.
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004929 */
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004930CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU,
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004931 CXToken *Tokens, unsigned NumTokens);
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004932
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004933/**
4934 * @}
4935 */
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004936
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004937/**
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004938 * \defgroup CINDEX_DEBUG Debugging facilities
4939 *
4940 * These routines are used for testing and debugging, only, and should not
4941 * be relied upon.
4942 *
4943 * @{
4944 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004945
Steve Naroff76b8f132009-09-23 17:52:52 +00004946/* for debug/testing */
Ted Kremenek29004672010-02-17 00:41:32 +00004947CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorKindSpelling(enum CXCursorKind Kind);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004948CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getDefinitionSpellingAndExtent(CXCursor,
4949 const char **startBuf,
Steve Naroff76b8f132009-09-23 17:52:52 +00004950 const char **endBuf,
4951 unsigned *startLine,
4952 unsigned *startColumn,
4953 unsigned *endLine,
4954 unsigned *endColumn);
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +00004955CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_enableStackTraces(void);
Daniel Dunbar23420652010-11-04 01:26:29 +00004956CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_executeOnThread(void (*fn)(void*), void *user_data,
4957 unsigned stack_size);
4958
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00004959/**
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004960 * @}
4961 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004962
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004963/**
4964 * \defgroup CINDEX_CODE_COMPLET Code completion
4965 *
4966 * Code completion involves taking an (incomplete) source file, along with
4967 * knowledge of where the user is actively editing that file, and suggesting
4968 * syntactically- and semantically-valid constructs that the user might want to
4969 * use at that particular point in the source code. These data structures and
4970 * routines provide support for code completion.
4971 *
4972 * @{
4973 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004974
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004975/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004976 * A semantic string that describes a code-completion result.
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00004977 *
4978 * A semantic string that describes the formatting of a code-completion
4979 * result as a single "template" of text that should be inserted into the
4980 * source buffer when a particular code-completion result is selected.
4981 * Each semantic string is made up of some number of "chunks", each of which
4982 * contains some text along with a description of what that text means, e.g.,
4983 * the name of the entity being referenced, whether the text chunk is part of
4984 * the template, or whether it is a "placeholder" that the user should replace
4985 * with actual code,of a specific kind. See \c CXCompletionChunkKind for a
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004986 * description of the different kinds of chunks.
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00004987 */
4988typedef void *CXCompletionString;
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004989
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00004990/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004991 * A single result of code completion.
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00004992 */
4993typedef struct {
4994 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004995 * The kind of entity that this completion refers to.
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00004996 *
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004997 * The cursor kind will be a macro, keyword, or a declaration (one of the
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00004998 * *Decl cursor kinds), describing the entity that the completion is
4999 * referring to.
5000 *
5001 * \todo In the future, we would like to provide a full cursor, to allow
5002 * the client to extract additional information from declaration.
5003 */
5004 enum CXCursorKind CursorKind;
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005005
5006 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005007 * The code-completion string that describes how to insert this
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005008 * code-completion result into the editing buffer.
5009 */
5010 CXCompletionString CompletionString;
5011} CXCompletionResult;
5012
5013/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005014 * Describes a single piece of text within a code-completion string.
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005015 *
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005016 * Each "chunk" within a code-completion string (\c CXCompletionString) is
5017 * either a piece of text with a specific "kind" that describes how that text
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005018 * should be interpreted by the client or is another completion string.
5019 */
5020enum CXCompletionChunkKind {
5021 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005022 * A code-completion string that describes "optional" text that
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005023 * could be a part of the template (but is not required).
5024 *
5025 * The Optional chunk is the only kind of chunk that has a code-completion
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005026 * string for its representation, which is accessible via
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005027 * \c clang_getCompletionChunkCompletionString(). The code-completion string
5028 * describes an additional part of the template that is completely optional.
5029 * For example, optional chunks can be used to describe the placeholders for
5030 * arguments that match up with defaulted function parameters, e.g. given:
5031 *
5032 * \code
5033 * void f(int x, float y = 3.14, double z = 2.71828);
5034 * \endcode
5035 *
5036 * The code-completion string for this function would contain:
5037 * - a TypedText chunk for "f".
5038 * - a LeftParen chunk for "(".
5039 * - a Placeholder chunk for "int x"
5040 * - an Optional chunk containing the remaining defaulted arguments, e.g.,
5041 * - a Comma chunk for ","
Daniel Dunbar4053fae2010-02-17 08:07:44 +00005042 * - a Placeholder chunk for "float y"
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005043 * - an Optional chunk containing the last defaulted argument:
5044 * - a Comma chunk for ","
5045 * - a Placeholder chunk for "double z"
5046 * - a RightParen chunk for ")"
5047 *
Daniel Dunbar4053fae2010-02-17 08:07:44 +00005048 * There are many ways to handle Optional chunks. Two simple approaches are:
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005049 * - Completely ignore optional chunks, in which case the template for the
5050 * function "f" would only include the first parameter ("int x").
5051 * - Fully expand all optional chunks, in which case the template for the
5052 * function "f" would have all of the parameters.
5053 */
5054 CXCompletionChunk_Optional,
5055 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005056 * Text that a user would be expected to type to get this
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005057 * code-completion result.
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005058 *
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005059 * There will be exactly one "typed text" chunk in a semantic string, which
5060 * will typically provide the spelling of a keyword or the name of a
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005061 * declaration that could be used at the current code point. Clients are
5062 * expected to filter the code-completion results based on the text in this
5063 * chunk.
5064 */
5065 CXCompletionChunk_TypedText,
5066 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005067 * Text that should be inserted as part of a code-completion result.
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005068 *
5069 * A "text" chunk represents text that is part of the template to be
5070 * inserted into user code should this particular code-completion result
5071 * be selected.
5072 */
5073 CXCompletionChunk_Text,
5074 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005075 * Placeholder text that should be replaced by the user.
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005076 *
5077 * A "placeholder" chunk marks a place where the user should insert text
5078 * into the code-completion template. For example, placeholders might mark
5079 * the function parameters for a function declaration, to indicate that the
5080 * user should provide arguments for each of those parameters. The actual
5081 * text in a placeholder is a suggestion for the text to display before
5082 * the user replaces the placeholder with real code.
5083 */
5084 CXCompletionChunk_Placeholder,
5085 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005086 * Informative text that should be displayed but never inserted as
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005087 * part of the template.
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005088 *
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005089 * An "informative" chunk contains annotations that can be displayed to
5090 * help the user decide whether a particular code-completion result is the
5091 * right option, but which is not part of the actual template to be inserted
5092 * by code completion.
5093 */
5094 CXCompletionChunk_Informative,
5095 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005096 * Text that describes the current parameter when code-completion is
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005097 * referring to function call, message send, or template specialization.
5098 *
5099 * A "current parameter" chunk occurs when code-completion is providing
5100 * information about a parameter corresponding to the argument at the
5101 * code-completion point. For example, given a function
5102 *
5103 * \code
5104 * int add(int x, int y);
5105 * \endcode
5106 *
5107 * and the source code \c add(, where the code-completion point is after the
5108 * "(", the code-completion string will contain a "current parameter" chunk
5109 * for "int x", indicating that the current argument will initialize that
5110 * parameter. After typing further, to \c add(17, (where the code-completion
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005111 * point is after the ","), the code-completion string will contain a
Alexander Kornienko2a8c18d2018-04-06 15:14:32 +00005112 * "current parameter" chunk to "int y".
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005113 */
5114 CXCompletionChunk_CurrentParameter,
5115 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005116 * A left parenthesis ('('), used to initiate a function call or
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005117 * signal the beginning of a function parameter list.
5118 */
5119 CXCompletionChunk_LeftParen,
5120 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005121 * A right parenthesis (')'), used to finish a function call or
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005122 * signal the end of a function parameter list.
5123 */
5124 CXCompletionChunk_RightParen,
5125 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005126 * A left bracket ('[').
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005127 */
5128 CXCompletionChunk_LeftBracket,
5129 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005130 * A right bracket (']').
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005131 */
5132 CXCompletionChunk_RightBracket,
5133 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005134 * A left brace ('{').
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005135 */
5136 CXCompletionChunk_LeftBrace,
5137 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005138 * A right brace ('}').
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005139 */
5140 CXCompletionChunk_RightBrace,
5141 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005142 * A left angle bracket ('<').
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005143 */
5144 CXCompletionChunk_LeftAngle,
5145 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005146 * A right angle bracket ('>').
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005147 */
5148 CXCompletionChunk_RightAngle,
5149 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005150 * A comma separator (',').
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005151 */
Douglas Gregorb3fa9192009-12-18 18:53:37 +00005152 CXCompletionChunk_Comma,
5153 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005154 * Text that specifies the result type of a given result.
Douglas Gregorb3fa9192009-12-18 18:53:37 +00005155 *
5156 * This special kind of informative chunk is not meant to be inserted into
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005157 * the text buffer. Rather, it is meant to illustrate the type that an
Douglas Gregorb3fa9192009-12-18 18:53:37 +00005158 * expression using the given completion string would have.
5159 */
Douglas Gregor504a6ae2010-01-10 23:08:15 +00005160 CXCompletionChunk_ResultType,
5161 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005162 * A colon (':').
Douglas Gregor504a6ae2010-01-10 23:08:15 +00005163 */
5164 CXCompletionChunk_Colon,
5165 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005166 * A semicolon (';').
Douglas Gregor504a6ae2010-01-10 23:08:15 +00005167 */
5168 CXCompletionChunk_SemiColon,
5169 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005170 * An '=' sign.
Douglas Gregor504a6ae2010-01-10 23:08:15 +00005171 */
5172 CXCompletionChunk_Equal,
5173 /**
5174 * Horizontal space (' ').
5175 */
5176 CXCompletionChunk_HorizontalSpace,
5177 /**
Alex Lorenz6c2898a2017-04-06 14:03:25 +00005178 * Vertical space ('\\n'), after which it is generally a good idea to
Douglas Gregor504a6ae2010-01-10 23:08:15 +00005179 * perform indentation.
5180 */
5181 CXCompletionChunk_VerticalSpace
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005182};
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005183
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005184/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005185 * Determine the kind of a particular chunk within a completion string.
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005186 *
5187 * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
5188 *
5189 * \param chunk_number the 0-based index of the chunk in the completion string.
5190 *
5191 * \returns the kind of the chunk at the index \c chunk_number.
5192 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005193CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCompletionChunkKind
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005194clang_getCompletionChunkKind(CXCompletionString completion_string,
5195 unsigned chunk_number);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005196
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005197/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005198 * Retrieve the text associated with a particular chunk within a
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005199 * completion string.
5200 *
5201 * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
5202 *
5203 * \param chunk_number the 0-based index of the chunk in the completion string.
5204 *
5205 * \returns the text associated with the chunk at index \c chunk_number.
5206 */
Ted Kremenekf602f962010-02-17 01:42:24 +00005207CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005208clang_getCompletionChunkText(CXCompletionString completion_string,
5209 unsigned chunk_number);
5210
5211/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005212 * Retrieve the completion string associated with a particular chunk
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005213 * within a completion string.
5214 *
5215 * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
5216 *
5217 * \param chunk_number the 0-based index of the chunk in the completion string.
5218 *
5219 * \returns the completion string associated with the chunk at index
Erik Verbruggen98ea7f62011-10-14 15:31:08 +00005220 * \c chunk_number.
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005221 */
5222CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCompletionString
5223clang_getCompletionChunkCompletionString(CXCompletionString completion_string,
5224 unsigned chunk_number);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005225
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005226/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005227 * Retrieve the number of chunks in the given code-completion string.
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005228 */
5229CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
5230clang_getNumCompletionChunks(CXCompletionString completion_string);
5231
5232/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005233 * Determine the priority of this code completion.
Douglas Gregora2db7932010-05-26 22:00:08 +00005234 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005235 * The priority of a code completion indicates how likely it is that this
Douglas Gregora2db7932010-05-26 22:00:08 +00005236 * particular completion is the completion that the user will select. The
5237 * priority is selected by various internal heuristics.
5238 *
5239 * \param completion_string The completion string to query.
5240 *
5241 * \returns The priority of this completion string. Smaller values indicate
5242 * higher-priority (more likely) completions.
5243 */
5244CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
5245clang_getCompletionPriority(CXCompletionString completion_string);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005246
Douglas Gregora2db7932010-05-26 22:00:08 +00005247/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005248 * Determine the availability of the entity that this code-completion
Douglas Gregorf757a122010-08-23 23:00:57 +00005249 * string refers to.
5250 *
5251 * \param completion_string The completion string to query.
5252 *
5253 * \returns The availability of the completion string.
5254 */
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005255CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXAvailabilityKind
Douglas Gregorf757a122010-08-23 23:00:57 +00005256clang_getCompletionAvailability(CXCompletionString completion_string);
5257
5258/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005259 * Retrieve the number of annotations associated with the given
Erik Verbruggen98ea7f62011-10-14 15:31:08 +00005260 * completion string.
5261 *
5262 * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
5263 *
5264 * \returns the number of annotations associated with the given completion
5265 * string.
5266 */
5267CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
5268clang_getCompletionNumAnnotations(CXCompletionString completion_string);
5269
5270/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005271 * Retrieve the annotation associated with the given completion string.
Erik Verbruggen98ea7f62011-10-14 15:31:08 +00005272 *
5273 * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
5274 *
5275 * \param annotation_number the 0-based index of the annotation of the
5276 * completion string.
5277 *
5278 * \returns annotation string associated with the completion at index
5279 * \c annotation_number, or a NULL string if that annotation is not available.
5280 */
5281CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
5282clang_getCompletionAnnotation(CXCompletionString completion_string,
5283 unsigned annotation_number);
5284
5285/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005286 * Retrieve the parent context of the given completion string.
Douglas Gregor78254c82012-03-27 23:34:16 +00005287 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005288 * The parent context of a completion string is the semantic parent of
Douglas Gregor78254c82012-03-27 23:34:16 +00005289 * the declaration (if any) that the code completion represents. For example,
5290 * a code completion for an Objective-C method would have the method's class
5291 * or protocol as its context.
5292 *
5293 * \param completion_string The code completion string whose parent is
5294 * being queried.
5295 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9ae39562012-09-26 16:39:56 +00005296 * \param kind DEPRECATED: always set to CXCursor_NotImplemented if non-NULL.
Douglas Gregor78254c82012-03-27 23:34:16 +00005297 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00005298 * \returns The name of the completion parent, e.g., "NSObject" if
Douglas Gregor78254c82012-03-27 23:34:16 +00005299 * the completion string represents a method in the NSObject class.
5300 */
5301CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
5302clang_getCompletionParent(CXCompletionString completion_string,
5303 enum CXCursorKind *kind);
Dmitri Gribenko3292d062012-07-02 17:35:10 +00005304
5305/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005306 * Retrieve the brief documentation comment attached to the declaration
Dmitri Gribenko3292d062012-07-02 17:35:10 +00005307 * that corresponds to the given completion string.
5308 */
5309CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
5310clang_getCompletionBriefComment(CXCompletionString completion_string);
5311
Douglas Gregor78254c82012-03-27 23:34:16 +00005312/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005313 * Retrieve a completion string for an arbitrary declaration or macro
Douglas Gregor3f35bb22011-08-04 20:04:59 +00005314 * definition cursor.
5315 *
5316 * \param cursor The cursor to query.
5317 *
5318 * \returns A non-context-sensitive completion string for declaration and macro
5319 * definition cursors, or NULL for other kinds of cursors.
5320 */
5321CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCompletionString
5322clang_getCursorCompletionString(CXCursor cursor);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005323
Douglas Gregor3f35bb22011-08-04 20:04:59 +00005324/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005325 * Contains the results of code-completion.
Douglas Gregorf72b6ac2009-12-18 16:20:58 +00005326 *
5327 * This data structure contains the results of code completion, as
Douglas Gregor6a9580282010-10-11 21:51:20 +00005328 * produced by \c clang_codeCompleteAt(). Its contents must be freed by
Douglas Gregorf72b6ac2009-12-18 16:20:58 +00005329 * \c clang_disposeCodeCompleteResults.
5330 */
5331typedef struct {
5332 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005333 * The code-completion results.
Douglas Gregorf72b6ac2009-12-18 16:20:58 +00005334 */
5335 CXCompletionResult *Results;
5336
5337 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005338 * The number of code-completion results stored in the
Douglas Gregorf72b6ac2009-12-18 16:20:58 +00005339 * \c Results array.
5340 */
5341 unsigned NumResults;
5342} CXCodeCompleteResults;
5343
5344/**
Ivan Donchevskii3957e482018-06-13 12:37:08 +00005345 * Retrieve the number of fix-its for the given completion index.
5346 *
5347 * Calling this makes sense only if CXCodeComplete_IncludeCompletionsWithFixIts
5348 * option was set.
5349 *
5350 * \param results The structure keeping all completion results
5351 *
5352 * \param completion_index The index of the completion
5353 *
5354 * \return The number of fix-its which must be applied before the completion at
5355 * completion_index can be applied
5356 */
5357CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
5358clang_getCompletionNumFixIts(CXCodeCompleteResults *results,
5359 unsigned completion_index);
5360
5361/**
5362 * Fix-its that *must* be applied before inserting the text for the
5363 * corresponding completion.
5364 *
5365 * By default, clang_codeCompleteAt() only returns completions with empty
5366 * fix-its. Extra completions with non-empty fix-its should be explicitly
5367 * requested by setting CXCodeComplete_IncludeCompletionsWithFixIts.
5368 *
5369 * For the clients to be able to compute position of the cursor after applying
5370 * fix-its, the following conditions are guaranteed to hold for
5371 * replacement_range of the stored fix-its:
5372 * - Ranges in the fix-its are guaranteed to never contain the completion
5373 * point (or identifier under completion point, if any) inside them, except
5374 * at the start or at the end of the range.
5375 * - If a fix-it range starts or ends with completion point (or starts or
5376 * ends after the identifier under completion point), it will contain at
5377 * least one character. It allows to unambiguously recompute completion
5378 * point after applying the fix-it.
5379 *
5380 * The intuition is that provided fix-its change code around the identifier we
5381 * complete, but are not allowed to touch the identifier itself or the
5382 * completion point. One example of completions with corrections are the ones
5383 * replacing '.' with '->' and vice versa:
5384 *
5385 * std::unique_ptr<std::vector<int>> vec_ptr;
5386 * In 'vec_ptr.^', one of the completions is 'push_back', it requires
5387 * replacing '.' with '->'.
5388 * In 'vec_ptr->^', one of the completions is 'release', it requires
5389 * replacing '->' with '.'.
5390 *
5391 * \param results The structure keeping all completion results
5392 *
5393 * \param completion_index The index of the completion
5394 *
5395 * \param fixit_index The index of the fix-it for the completion at
5396 * completion_index
5397 *
5398 * \param replacement_range The fix-it range that must be replaced before the
5399 * completion at completion_index can be applied
5400 *
5401 * \returns The fix-it string that must replace the code at replacement_range
5402 * before the completion at completion_index can be applied
5403 */
5404CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCompletionFixIt(
5405 CXCodeCompleteResults *results, unsigned completion_index,
5406 unsigned fixit_index, CXSourceRange *replacement_range);
5407
5408/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005409 * Flags that can be passed to \c clang_codeCompleteAt() to
Douglas Gregorb68bc592010-08-05 09:09:23 +00005410 * modify its behavior.
5411 *
5412 * The enumerators in this enumeration can be bitwise-OR'd together to
5413 * provide multiple options to \c clang_codeCompleteAt().
5414 */
5415enum CXCodeComplete_Flags {
5416 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005417 * Whether to include macros within the set of code
Douglas Gregorb68bc592010-08-05 09:09:23 +00005418 * completions returned.
5419 */
5420 CXCodeComplete_IncludeMacros = 0x01,
5421
5422 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005423 * Whether to include code patterns for language constructs
Douglas Gregorb68bc592010-08-05 09:09:23 +00005424 * within the set of code completions, e.g., for loops.
5425 */
Dmitri Gribenko3292d062012-07-02 17:35:10 +00005426 CXCodeComplete_IncludeCodePatterns = 0x02,
5427
5428 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005429 * Whether to include brief documentation within the set of code
Dmitri Gribenko3292d062012-07-02 17:35:10 +00005430 * completions returned.
5431 */
Sam McCallbb2cf632018-01-12 14:51:47 +00005432 CXCodeComplete_IncludeBriefComments = 0x04,
5433
5434 /**
Sam McCallabdcc612018-01-24 17:50:20 +00005435 * Whether to speed up completion by omitting top- or namespace-level entities
5436 * defined in the preamble. There's no guarantee any particular entity is
5437 * omitted. This may be useful if the headers are indexed externally.
Sam McCallbb2cf632018-01-12 14:51:47 +00005438 */
Ivan Donchevskii3957e482018-06-13 12:37:08 +00005439 CXCodeComplete_SkipPreamble = 0x08,
5440
5441 /**
5442 * Whether to include completions with small
5443 * fix-its, e.g. change '.' to '->' on member access, etc.
5444 */
5445 CXCodeComplete_IncludeCompletionsWithFixIts = 0x10
Douglas Gregorb68bc592010-08-05 09:09:23 +00005446};
5447
5448/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005449 * Bits that represent the context under which completion is occurring.
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005450 *
5451 * The enumerators in this enumeration may be bitwise-OR'd together if multiple
5452 * contexts are occurring simultaneously.
5453 */
5454enum CXCompletionContext {
5455 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005456 * The context for completions is unexposed, as only Clang results
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005457 * should be included. (This is equivalent to having no context bits set.)
5458 */
5459 CXCompletionContext_Unexposed = 0,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005460
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005461 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005462 * Completions for any possible type should be included in the results.
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005463 */
5464 CXCompletionContext_AnyType = 1 << 0,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005465
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005466 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005467 * Completions for any possible value (variables, function calls, etc.)
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005468 * should be included in the results.
5469 */
5470 CXCompletionContext_AnyValue = 1 << 1,
5471 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005472 * Completions for values that resolve to an Objective-C object should
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005473 * be included in the results.
5474 */
5475 CXCompletionContext_ObjCObjectValue = 1 << 2,
5476 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005477 * Completions for values that resolve to an Objective-C selector
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005478 * should be included in the results.
5479 */
5480 CXCompletionContext_ObjCSelectorValue = 1 << 3,
5481 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005482 * Completions for values that resolve to a C++ class type should be
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005483 * included in the results.
5484 */
5485 CXCompletionContext_CXXClassTypeValue = 1 << 4,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005486
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005487 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005488 * Completions for fields of the member being accessed using the dot
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005489 * operator should be included in the results.
5490 */
5491 CXCompletionContext_DotMemberAccess = 1 << 5,
5492 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005493 * Completions for fields of the member being accessed using the arrow
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005494 * operator should be included in the results.
5495 */
5496 CXCompletionContext_ArrowMemberAccess = 1 << 6,
5497 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005498 * Completions for properties of the Objective-C object being accessed
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005499 * using the dot operator should be included in the results.
5500 */
5501 CXCompletionContext_ObjCPropertyAccess = 1 << 7,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005502
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005503 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005504 * Completions for enum tags should be included in the results.
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005505 */
5506 CXCompletionContext_EnumTag = 1 << 8,
5507 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005508 * Completions for union tags should be included in the results.
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005509 */
5510 CXCompletionContext_UnionTag = 1 << 9,
5511 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005512 * Completions for struct tags should be included in the results.
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005513 */
5514 CXCompletionContext_StructTag = 1 << 10,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005515
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005516 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005517 * Completions for C++ class names should be included in the results.
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005518 */
5519 CXCompletionContext_ClassTag = 1 << 11,
5520 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005521 * Completions for C++ namespaces and namespace aliases should be
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005522 * included in the results.
5523 */
5524 CXCompletionContext_Namespace = 1 << 12,
5525 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005526 * Completions for C++ nested name specifiers should be included in
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005527 * the results.
5528 */
5529 CXCompletionContext_NestedNameSpecifier = 1 << 13,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005530
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005531 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005532 * Completions for Objective-C interfaces (classes) should be included
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005533 * in the results.
5534 */
5535 CXCompletionContext_ObjCInterface = 1 << 14,
5536 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005537 * Completions for Objective-C protocols should be included in
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005538 * the results.
5539 */
5540 CXCompletionContext_ObjCProtocol = 1 << 15,
5541 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005542 * Completions for Objective-C categories should be included in
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005543 * the results.
5544 */
5545 CXCompletionContext_ObjCCategory = 1 << 16,
5546 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005547 * Completions for Objective-C instance messages should be included
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005548 * in the results.
5549 */
5550 CXCompletionContext_ObjCInstanceMessage = 1 << 17,
5551 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005552 * Completions for Objective-C class messages should be included in
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005553 * the results.
5554 */
5555 CXCompletionContext_ObjCClassMessage = 1 << 18,
5556 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005557 * Completions for Objective-C selector names should be included in
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005558 * the results.
5559 */
5560 CXCompletionContext_ObjCSelectorName = 1 << 19,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005561
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005562 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005563 * Completions for preprocessor macro names should be included in
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005564 * the results.
5565 */
5566 CXCompletionContext_MacroName = 1 << 20,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005567
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005568 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005569 * Natural language completions should be included in the results.
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005570 */
5571 CXCompletionContext_NaturalLanguage = 1 << 21,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005572
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005573 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005574 * The current context is unknown, so set all contexts.
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005575 */
5576 CXCompletionContext_Unknown = ((1 << 22) - 1)
5577};
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005578
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005579/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005580 * Returns a default set of code-completion options that can be
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005581 * passed to\c clang_codeCompleteAt().
Douglas Gregorb68bc592010-08-05 09:09:23 +00005582 */
5583CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultCodeCompleteOptions(void);
5584
5585/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005586 * Perform code completion at a given location in a translation unit.
Douglas Gregor8e984da2010-08-04 16:47:14 +00005587 *
5588 * This function performs code completion at a particular file, line, and
5589 * column within source code, providing results that suggest potential
5590 * code snippets based on the context of the completion. The basic model
5591 * for code completion is that Clang will parse a complete source file,
5592 * performing syntax checking up to the location where code-completion has
5593 * been requested. At that point, a special code-completion token is passed
5594 * to the parser, which recognizes this token and determines, based on the
5595 * current location in the C/Objective-C/C++ grammar and the state of
5596 * semantic analysis, what completions to provide. These completions are
5597 * returned via a new \c CXCodeCompleteResults structure.
5598 *
5599 * Code completion itself is meant to be triggered by the client when the
5600 * user types punctuation characters or whitespace, at which point the
5601 * code-completion location will coincide with the cursor. For example, if \c p
5602 * is a pointer, code-completion might be triggered after the "-" and then
Alexander Kornienko2a8c18d2018-04-06 15:14:32 +00005603 * after the ">" in \c p->. When the code-completion location is after the ">",
Douglas Gregor8e984da2010-08-04 16:47:14 +00005604 * the completion results will provide, e.g., the members of the struct that
5605 * "p" points to. The client is responsible for placing the cursor at the
5606 * beginning of the token currently being typed, then filtering the results
5607 * based on the contents of the token. For example, when code-completing for
5608 * the expression \c p->get, the client should provide the location just after
5609 * the ">" (e.g., pointing at the "g") to this code-completion hook. Then, the
5610 * client can filter the results based on the current token text ("get"), only
5611 * showing those results that start with "get". The intent of this interface
5612 * is to separate the relatively high-latency acquisition of code-completion
5613 * results from the filtering of results on a per-character basis, which must
5614 * have a lower latency.
5615 *
5616 * \param TU The translation unit in which code-completion should
5617 * occur. The source files for this translation unit need not be
5618 * completely up-to-date (and the contents of those source files may
5619 * be overridden via \p unsaved_files). Cursors referring into the
5620 * translation unit may be invalidated by this invocation.
5621 *
5622 * \param complete_filename The name of the source file where code
5623 * completion should be performed. This filename may be any file
5624 * included in the translation unit.
5625 *
5626 * \param complete_line The line at which code-completion should occur.
5627 *
5628 * \param complete_column The column at which code-completion should occur.
5629 * Note that the column should point just after the syntactic construct that
5630 * initiated code completion, and not in the middle of a lexical token.
5631 *
Vedant Kumarcbfe7bb2016-03-23 23:51:36 +00005632 * \param unsaved_files the Files that have not yet been saved to disk
Douglas Gregor8e984da2010-08-04 16:47:14 +00005633 * but may be required for parsing or code completion, including the
5634 * contents of those files. The contents and name of these files (as
5635 * specified by CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the
5636 * client only needs to guarantee their validity until the call to
5637 * this function returns.
5638 *
5639 * \param num_unsaved_files The number of unsaved file entries in \p
5640 * unsaved_files.
5641 *
Douglas Gregorb68bc592010-08-05 09:09:23 +00005642 * \param options Extra options that control the behavior of code
5643 * completion, expressed as a bitwise OR of the enumerators of the
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005644 * CXCodeComplete_Flags enumeration. The
Douglas Gregorb68bc592010-08-05 09:09:23 +00005645 * \c clang_defaultCodeCompleteOptions() function returns a default set
5646 * of code-completion options.
5647 *
Douglas Gregor8e984da2010-08-04 16:47:14 +00005648 * \returns If successful, a new \c CXCodeCompleteResults structure
5649 * containing code-completion results, which should eventually be
5650 * freed with \c clang_disposeCodeCompleteResults(). If code
5651 * completion fails, returns NULL.
5652 */
5653CINDEX_LINKAGE
5654CXCodeCompleteResults *clang_codeCompleteAt(CXTranslationUnit TU,
5655 const char *complete_filename,
5656 unsigned complete_line,
5657 unsigned complete_column,
5658 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
Douglas Gregorb68bc592010-08-05 09:09:23 +00005659 unsigned num_unsaved_files,
5660 unsigned options);
Douglas Gregor8e984da2010-08-04 16:47:14 +00005661
5662/**
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005663 * Sort the code-completion results in case-insensitive alphabetical
Douglas Gregor49f67ce2010-08-26 13:48:20 +00005664 * order.
5665 *
5666 * \param Results The set of results to sort.
5667 * \param NumResults The number of results in \p Results.
5668 */
5669CINDEX_LINKAGE
5670void clang_sortCodeCompletionResults(CXCompletionResult *Results,
5671 unsigned NumResults);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005672
Douglas Gregor49f67ce2010-08-26 13:48:20 +00005673/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005674 * Free the given set of code-completion results.
Douglas Gregorf72b6ac2009-12-18 16:20:58 +00005675 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005676CINDEX_LINKAGE
Douglas Gregorf72b6ac2009-12-18 16:20:58 +00005677void clang_disposeCodeCompleteResults(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005678
Douglas Gregor52606ff2010-01-20 01:10:47 +00005679/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005680 * Determine the number of diagnostics produced prior to the
Douglas Gregor33cdd812010-02-18 18:08:43 +00005681 * location where code completion was performed.
5682 */
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00005683CINDEX_LINKAGE
Douglas Gregor33cdd812010-02-18 18:08:43 +00005684unsigned clang_codeCompleteGetNumDiagnostics(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
5685
5686/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005687 * Retrieve a diagnostic associated with the given code completion.
Douglas Gregor33cdd812010-02-18 18:08:43 +00005688 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00005689 * \param Results the code completion results to query.
Douglas Gregor33cdd812010-02-18 18:08:43 +00005690 * \param Index the zero-based diagnostic number to retrieve.
5691 *
5692 * \returns the requested diagnostic. This diagnostic must be freed
5693 * via a call to \c clang_disposeDiagnostic().
5694 */
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00005695CINDEX_LINKAGE
Douglas Gregor33cdd812010-02-18 18:08:43 +00005696CXDiagnostic clang_codeCompleteGetDiagnostic(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results,
5697 unsigned Index);
5698
5699/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005700 * Determines what completions are appropriate for the context
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005701 * the given code completion.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005702 *
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005703 * \param Results the code completion results to query
5704 *
5705 * \returns the kinds of completions that are appropriate for use
5706 * along with the given code completion results.
5707 */
5708CINDEX_LINKAGE
5709unsigned long long clang_codeCompleteGetContexts(
5710 CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
Douglas Gregor63745d52011-07-21 01:05:26 +00005711
5712/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005713 * Returns the cursor kind for the container for the current code
Douglas Gregor63745d52011-07-21 01:05:26 +00005714 * completion context. The container is only guaranteed to be set for
5715 * contexts where a container exists (i.e. member accesses or Objective-C
5716 * message sends); if there is not a container, this function will return
5717 * CXCursor_InvalidCode.
5718 *
5719 * \param Results the code completion results to query
5720 *
5721 * \param IsIncomplete on return, this value will be false if Clang has complete
5722 * information about the container. If Clang does not have complete
5723 * information, this value will be true.
5724 *
5725 * \returns the container kind, or CXCursor_InvalidCode if there is not a
5726 * container
5727 */
5728CINDEX_LINKAGE
5729enum CXCursorKind clang_codeCompleteGetContainerKind(
5730 CXCodeCompleteResults *Results,
5731 unsigned *IsIncomplete);
5732
5733/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005734 * Returns the USR for the container for the current code completion
Douglas Gregor63745d52011-07-21 01:05:26 +00005735 * context. If there is not a container for the current context, this
5736 * function will return the empty string.
5737 *
5738 * \param Results the code completion results to query
5739 *
5740 * \returns the USR for the container
5741 */
5742CINDEX_LINKAGE
5743CXString clang_codeCompleteGetContainerUSR(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
NAKAMURA Takumiaa13f942015-12-09 07:52:46 +00005744
Douglas Gregorea777402011-07-26 15:24:30 +00005745/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005746 * Returns the currently-entered selector for an Objective-C message
Douglas Gregorea777402011-07-26 15:24:30 +00005747 * send, formatted like "initWithFoo:bar:". Only guaranteed to return a
5748 * non-empty string for CXCompletionContext_ObjCInstanceMessage and
5749 * CXCompletionContext_ObjCClassMessage.
5750 *
5751 * \param Results the code completion results to query
5752 *
5753 * \returns the selector (or partial selector) that has been entered thus far
5754 * for an Objective-C message send.
5755 */
5756CINDEX_LINKAGE
5757CXString clang_codeCompleteGetObjCSelector(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005758
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005759/**
Douglas Gregor52606ff2010-01-20 01:10:47 +00005760 * @}
5761 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005762
Ted Kremenekc0f3f722010-01-22 22:44:15 +00005763/**
5764 * \defgroup CINDEX_MISC Miscellaneous utility functions
5765 *
5766 * @{
5767 */
Ted Kremenek3e315a22010-01-23 17:51:23 +00005768
5769/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005770 * Return a version string, suitable for showing to a user, but not
Ted Kremenek3e315a22010-01-23 17:51:23 +00005771 * intended to be parsed (the format is not guaranteed to be stable).
5772 */
NAKAMURA Takumieacd6672013-01-10 02:12:38 +00005773CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getClangVersion(void);
Ted Kremenekc0f3f722010-01-22 22:44:15 +00005774
Ted Kremenek1ec7b332011-03-18 23:05:39 +00005775/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005776 * Enable/disable crash recovery.
Ted Kremenek1ec7b332011-03-18 23:05:39 +00005777 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00005778 * \param isEnabled Flag to indicate if crash recovery is enabled. A non-zero
5779 * value enables crash recovery, while 0 disables it.
Ted Kremenek1ec7b332011-03-18 23:05:39 +00005780 */
5781CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_toggleCrashRecovery(unsigned isEnabled);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005782
Ted Kremenek0b86e3a2010-01-26 19:31:51 +00005783 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005784 * Visitor invoked for each file in a translation unit
Ted Kremenek0b86e3a2010-01-26 19:31:51 +00005785 * (used with clang_getInclusions()).
5786 *
5787 * This visitor function will be invoked by clang_getInclusions() for each
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00005788 * file included (either at the top-level or by \#include directives) within
Ted Kremenek0b86e3a2010-01-26 19:31:51 +00005789 * a translation unit. The first argument is the file being included, and
5790 * the second and third arguments provide the inclusion stack. The
5791 * array is sorted in order of immediate inclusion. For example,
5792 * the first element refers to the location that included 'included_file'.
5793 */
5794typedef void (*CXInclusionVisitor)(CXFile included_file,
5795 CXSourceLocation* inclusion_stack,
5796 unsigned include_len,
5797 CXClientData client_data);
5798
5799/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005800 * Visit the set of preprocessor inclusions in a translation unit.
Ted Kremenek0b86e3a2010-01-26 19:31:51 +00005801 * The visitor function is called with the provided data for every included
5802 * file. This does not include headers included by the PCH file (unless one
5803 * is inspecting the inclusions in the PCH file itself).
5804 */
5805CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getInclusions(CXTranslationUnit tu,
5806 CXInclusionVisitor visitor,
5807 CXClientData client_data);
5808
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00005809typedef enum {
5810 CXEval_Int = 1 ,
5811 CXEval_Float = 2,
5812 CXEval_ObjCStrLiteral = 3,
5813 CXEval_StrLiteral = 4,
5814 CXEval_CFStr = 5,
5815 CXEval_Other = 6,
5816
5817 CXEval_UnExposed = 0
5818
5819} CXEvalResultKind ;
5820
5821/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005822 * Evaluation result of a cursor
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00005823 */
5824typedef void * CXEvalResult;
5825
5826/**
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005827 * If cursor is a statement declaration tries to evaluate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00005828 * statement and if its variable, tries to evaluate its initializer,
5829 * into its corresponding type.
5830 */
5831CINDEX_LINKAGE CXEvalResult clang_Cursor_Evaluate(CXCursor C);
5832
5833/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005834 * Returns the kind of the evaluated result.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00005835 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa851d7e2016-01-16 03:01:20 +00005836CINDEX_LINKAGE CXEvalResultKind clang_EvalResult_getKind(CXEvalResult E);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00005837
5838/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005839 * Returns the evaluation result as integer if the
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00005840 * kind is Int.
5841 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa851d7e2016-01-16 03:01:20 +00005842CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_EvalResult_getAsInt(CXEvalResult E);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00005843
5844/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005845 * Returns the evaluation result as a long long integer if the
Argyrios Kyrtzidis5dda1122016-12-01 23:41:27 +00005846 * kind is Int. This prevents overflows that may happen if the result is
5847 * returned with clang_EvalResult_getAsInt.
5848 */
5849CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_EvalResult_getAsLongLong(CXEvalResult E);
5850
5851/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005852 * Returns a non-zero value if the kind is Int and the evaluation
Argyrios Kyrtzidis5dda1122016-12-01 23:41:27 +00005853 * result resulted in an unsigned integer.
5854 */
5855CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_EvalResult_isUnsignedInt(CXEvalResult E);
5856
5857/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005858 * Returns the evaluation result as an unsigned integer if
Argyrios Kyrtzidis5dda1122016-12-01 23:41:27 +00005859 * the kind is Int and clang_EvalResult_isUnsignedInt is non-zero.
5860 */
5861CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned long long clang_EvalResult_getAsUnsigned(CXEvalResult E);
5862
5863/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005864 * Returns the evaluation result as double if the
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00005865 * kind is double.
5866 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa851d7e2016-01-16 03:01:20 +00005867CINDEX_LINKAGE double clang_EvalResult_getAsDouble(CXEvalResult E);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00005868
5869/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005870 * Returns the evaluation result as a constant string if the
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00005871 * kind is other than Int or float. User must not free this pointer,
5872 * instead call clang_EvalResult_dispose on the CXEvalResult returned
5873 * by clang_Cursor_Evaluate.
5874 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa851d7e2016-01-16 03:01:20 +00005875CINDEX_LINKAGE const char* clang_EvalResult_getAsStr(CXEvalResult E);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00005876
5877/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005878 * Disposes the created Eval memory.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00005879 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa851d7e2016-01-16 03:01:20 +00005880CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_EvalResult_dispose(CXEvalResult E);
Ted Kremenek0b86e3a2010-01-26 19:31:51 +00005881/**
Ted Kremenekc0f3f722010-01-22 22:44:15 +00005882 * @}
5883 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005884
Argyrios Kyrtzidisf89cc692011-07-11 20:15:00 +00005885/** \defgroup CINDEX_REMAPPING Remapping functions
5886 *
5887 * @{
5888 */
5889
5890/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005891 * A remapping of original source files and their translated files.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisf89cc692011-07-11 20:15:00 +00005892 */
5893typedef void *CXRemapping;
5894
5895/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005896 * Retrieve a remapping.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisf89cc692011-07-11 20:15:00 +00005897 *
5898 * \param path the path that contains metadata about remappings.
5899 *
5900 * \returns the requested remapping. This remapping must be freed
5901 * via a call to \c clang_remap_dispose(). Can return NULL if an error occurred.
5902 */
5903CINDEX_LINKAGE CXRemapping clang_getRemappings(const char *path);
5904
5905/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005906 * Retrieve a remapping.
Ted Kremenekf7639e12012-03-06 20:06:33 +00005907 *
5908 * \param filePaths pointer to an array of file paths containing remapping info.
5909 *
5910 * \param numFiles number of file paths.
5911 *
5912 * \returns the requested remapping. This remapping must be freed
5913 * via a call to \c clang_remap_dispose(). Can return NULL if an error occurred.
5914 */
5915CINDEX_LINKAGE
5916CXRemapping clang_getRemappingsFromFileList(const char **filePaths,
5917 unsigned numFiles);
5918
5919/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005920 * Determine the number of remappings.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisf89cc692011-07-11 20:15:00 +00005921 */
5922CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_remap_getNumFiles(CXRemapping);
5923
5924/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005925 * Get the original and the associated filename from the remapping.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005926 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidisf89cc692011-07-11 20:15:00 +00005927 * \param original If non-NULL, will be set to the original filename.
5928 *
5929 * \param transformed If non-NULL, will be set to the filename that the original
5930 * is associated with.
5931 */
5932CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_remap_getFilenames(CXRemapping, unsigned index,
5933 CXString *original, CXString *transformed);
5934
5935/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005936 * Dispose the remapping.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisf89cc692011-07-11 20:15:00 +00005937 */
5938CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_remap_dispose(CXRemapping);
5939
5940/**
5941 * @}
5942 */
5943
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscddafd32011-10-06 07:00:54 +00005944/** \defgroup CINDEX_HIGH Higher level API functions
5945 *
5946 * @{
5947 */
5948
5949enum CXVisitorResult {
5950 CXVisit_Break,
5951 CXVisit_Continue
5952};
5953
Saleem Abdulrasoolec988b72016-05-24 01:23:24 +00005954typedef struct CXCursorAndRangeVisitor {
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscddafd32011-10-06 07:00:54 +00005955 void *context;
5956 enum CXVisitorResult (*visit)(void *context, CXCursor, CXSourceRange);
5957} CXCursorAndRangeVisitor;
5958
Argyrios Kyrtzidis51c33182013-03-08 22:47:41 +00005959typedef enum {
5960 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005961 * Function returned successfully.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis51c33182013-03-08 22:47:41 +00005962 */
5963 CXResult_Success = 0,
5964 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005965 * One of the parameters was invalid for the function.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis51c33182013-03-08 22:47:41 +00005966 */
5967 CXResult_Invalid = 1,
5968 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005969 * The function was terminated by a callback (e.g. it returned
Argyrios Kyrtzidis51c33182013-03-08 22:47:41 +00005970 * CXVisit_Break)
5971 */
5972 CXResult_VisitBreak = 2
5973
5974} CXResult;
5975
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscddafd32011-10-06 07:00:54 +00005976/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005977 * Find references of a declaration in a specific file.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005978 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscddafd32011-10-06 07:00:54 +00005979 * \param cursor pointing to a declaration or a reference of one.
5980 *
5981 * \param file to search for references.
5982 *
5983 * \param visitor callback that will receive pairs of CXCursor/CXSourceRange for
5984 * each reference found.
5985 * The CXSourceRange will point inside the file; if the reference is inside
5986 * a macro (and not a macro argument) the CXSourceRange will be invalid.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis951f61f2013-03-08 20:42:33 +00005987 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis51c33182013-03-08 22:47:41 +00005988 * \returns one of the CXResult enumerators.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscddafd32011-10-06 07:00:54 +00005989 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis51c33182013-03-08 22:47:41 +00005990CINDEX_LINKAGE CXResult clang_findReferencesInFile(CXCursor cursor, CXFile file,
5991 CXCursorAndRangeVisitor visitor);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscddafd32011-10-06 07:00:54 +00005992
Argyrios Kyrtzidis503c83a2013-03-08 02:32:34 +00005993/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005994 * Find #import/#include directives in a specific file.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis503c83a2013-03-08 02:32:34 +00005995 *
5996 * \param TU translation unit containing the file to query.
5997 *
5998 * \param file to search for #import/#include directives.
5999 *
6000 * \param visitor callback that will receive pairs of CXCursor/CXSourceRange for
6001 * each directive found.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis951f61f2013-03-08 20:42:33 +00006002 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis51c33182013-03-08 22:47:41 +00006003 * \returns one of the CXResult enumerators.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis503c83a2013-03-08 02:32:34 +00006004 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis51c33182013-03-08 22:47:41 +00006005CINDEX_LINKAGE CXResult clang_findIncludesInFile(CXTranslationUnit TU,
6006 CXFile file,
6007 CXCursorAndRangeVisitor visitor);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis503c83a2013-03-08 02:32:34 +00006008
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscddafd32011-10-06 07:00:54 +00006009#ifdef __has_feature
6010# if __has_feature(blocks)
6011
6012typedef enum CXVisitorResult
6013 (^CXCursorAndRangeVisitorBlock)(CXCursor, CXSourceRange);
6014
6015CINDEX_LINKAGE
Argyrios Kyrtzidis51c33182013-03-08 22:47:41 +00006016CXResult clang_findReferencesInFileWithBlock(CXCursor, CXFile,
6017 CXCursorAndRangeVisitorBlock);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscddafd32011-10-06 07:00:54 +00006018
Argyrios Kyrtzidis503c83a2013-03-08 02:32:34 +00006019CINDEX_LINKAGE
Argyrios Kyrtzidis51c33182013-03-08 22:47:41 +00006020CXResult clang_findIncludesInFileWithBlock(CXTranslationUnit, CXFile,
6021 CXCursorAndRangeVisitorBlock);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis503c83a2013-03-08 02:32:34 +00006022
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscddafd32011-10-06 07:00:54 +00006023# endif
6024#endif
6025
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006026/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006027 * The client's data object that is associated with a CXFile.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006028 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006029typedef void *CXIdxClientFile;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006030
6031/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006032 * The client's data object that is associated with a semantic entity.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006033 */
6034typedef void *CXIdxClientEntity;
6035
6036/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006037 * The client's data object that is associated with a semantic container
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006038 * of entities.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006039 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006040typedef void *CXIdxClientContainer;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006041
6042/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006043 * The client's data object that is associated with an AST file (PCH
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006044 * or module).
6045 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006046typedef void *CXIdxClientASTFile;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006047
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006048/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006049 * Source location passed to index callbacks.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006050 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006051typedef struct {
6052 void *ptr_data[2];
6053 unsigned int_data;
6054} CXIdxLoc;
6055
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006056/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006057 * Data for ppIncludedFile callback.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006058 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006059typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006060 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006061 * Location of '#' in the \#include/\#import directive.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006062 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006063 CXIdxLoc hashLoc;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006064 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006065 * Filename as written in the \#include/\#import directive.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006066 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006067 const char *filename;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006068 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006069 * The actual file that the \#include/\#import directive resolved to.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006070 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006071 CXFile file;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006072 int isImport;
6073 int isAngled;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis5e2ec482012-10-18 00:17:05 +00006074 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006075 * Non-zero if the directive was automatically turned into a module
Argyrios Kyrtzidis5e2ec482012-10-18 00:17:05 +00006076 * import.
6077 */
6078 int isModuleImport;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006079} CXIdxIncludedFileInfo;
6080
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006081/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006082 * Data for IndexerCallbacks#importedASTFile.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006083 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006084typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis472eda02012-10-02 16:10:38 +00006085 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006086 * Top level AST file containing the imported PCH, module or submodule.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis472eda02012-10-02 16:10:38 +00006087 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006088 CXFile file;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006089 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006090 * The imported module or NULL if the AST file is a PCH.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc78f3e2012-10-05 00:22:40 +00006091 */
6092 CXModule module;
6093 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006094 * Location where the file is imported. Applicable only for modules.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006095 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006096 CXIdxLoc loc;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006097 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006098 * Non-zero if an inclusion directive was automatically turned into
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc78f3e2012-10-05 00:22:40 +00006099 * a module import. Applicable only for modules.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis472eda02012-10-02 16:10:38 +00006100 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis184b1442012-10-03 21:05:44 +00006101 int isImplicit;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis472eda02012-10-02 16:10:38 +00006102
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006103} CXIdxImportedASTFileInfo;
6104
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006105typedef enum {
6106 CXIdxEntity_Unexposed = 0,
6107 CXIdxEntity_Typedef = 1,
6108 CXIdxEntity_Function = 2,
6109 CXIdxEntity_Variable = 3,
6110 CXIdxEntity_Field = 4,
6111 CXIdxEntity_EnumConstant = 5,
6112
6113 CXIdxEntity_ObjCClass = 6,
6114 CXIdxEntity_ObjCProtocol = 7,
6115 CXIdxEntity_ObjCCategory = 8,
6116
Argyrios Kyrtzidis86acd722011-11-14 22:39:19 +00006117 CXIdxEntity_ObjCInstanceMethod = 9,
6118 CXIdxEntity_ObjCClassMethod = 10,
6119 CXIdxEntity_ObjCProperty = 11,
6120 CXIdxEntity_ObjCIvar = 12,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006121
Argyrios Kyrtzidis86acd722011-11-14 22:39:19 +00006122 CXIdxEntity_Enum = 13,
6123 CXIdxEntity_Struct = 14,
6124 CXIdxEntity_Union = 15,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006125
6126 CXIdxEntity_CXXClass = 16,
6127 CXIdxEntity_CXXNamespace = 17,
6128 CXIdxEntity_CXXNamespaceAlias = 18,
6129 CXIdxEntity_CXXStaticVariable = 19,
6130 CXIdxEntity_CXXStaticMethod = 20,
6131 CXIdxEntity_CXXInstanceMethod = 21,
Joao Matose9a3ed42012-08-31 22:18:20 +00006132 CXIdxEntity_CXXConstructor = 22,
6133 CXIdxEntity_CXXDestructor = 23,
6134 CXIdxEntity_CXXConversionFunction = 24,
6135 CXIdxEntity_CXXTypeAlias = 25,
6136 CXIdxEntity_CXXInterface = 26
6137
6138} CXIdxEntityKind;
6139
Argyrios Kyrtzidis52002882011-12-07 20:44:12 +00006140typedef enum {
6141 CXIdxEntityLang_None = 0,
6142 CXIdxEntityLang_C = 1,
6143 CXIdxEntityLang_ObjC = 2,
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b85f22017-04-24 14:52:00 +00006144 CXIdxEntityLang_CXX = 3,
6145 CXIdxEntityLang_Swift = 4
Argyrios Kyrtzidis52002882011-12-07 20:44:12 +00006146} CXIdxEntityLanguage;
6147
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006148/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006149 * Extra C++ template information for an entity. This can apply to:
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006150 * CXIdxEntity_Function
6151 * CXIdxEntity_CXXClass
6152 * CXIdxEntity_CXXStaticMethod
6153 * CXIdxEntity_CXXInstanceMethod
6154 * CXIdxEntity_CXXConstructor
6155 * CXIdxEntity_CXXConversionFunction
6156 * CXIdxEntity_CXXTypeAlias
6157 */
6158typedef enum {
6159 CXIdxEntity_NonTemplate = 0,
6160 CXIdxEntity_Template = 1,
6161 CXIdxEntity_TemplatePartialSpecialization = 2,
6162 CXIdxEntity_TemplateSpecialization = 3
6163} CXIdxEntityCXXTemplateKind;
6164
Argyrios Kyrtzidiseffdbf52011-11-18 00:26:51 +00006165typedef enum {
6166 CXIdxAttr_Unexposed = 0,
6167 CXIdxAttr_IBAction = 1,
6168 CXIdxAttr_IBOutlet = 2,
6169 CXIdxAttr_IBOutletCollection = 3
6170} CXIdxAttrKind;
6171
6172typedef struct {
6173 CXIdxAttrKind kind;
6174 CXCursor cursor;
6175 CXIdxLoc loc;
6176} CXIdxAttrInfo;
6177
6178typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4d873b72011-12-15 00:05:00 +00006179 CXIdxEntityKind kind;
6180 CXIdxEntityCXXTemplateKind templateKind;
6181 CXIdxEntityLanguage lang;
6182 const char *name;
6183 const char *USR;
6184 CXCursor cursor;
6185 const CXIdxAttrInfo *const *attributes;
6186 unsigned numAttributes;
6187} CXIdxEntityInfo;
6188
6189typedef struct {
6190 CXCursor cursor;
6191} CXIdxContainerInfo;
6192
6193typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidiseffdbf52011-11-18 00:26:51 +00006194 const CXIdxAttrInfo *attrInfo;
6195 const CXIdxEntityInfo *objcClass;
6196 CXCursor classCursor;
6197 CXIdxLoc classLoc;
6198} CXIdxIBOutletCollectionAttrInfo;
6199
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8b71bc72012-12-06 19:41:16 +00006200typedef enum {
6201 CXIdxDeclFlag_Skipped = 0x1
6202} CXIdxDeclInfoFlags;
6203
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006204typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006205 const CXIdxEntityInfo *entityInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006206 CXCursor cursor;
6207 CXIdxLoc loc;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis663c8ec2011-12-07 20:44:19 +00006208 const CXIdxContainerInfo *semanticContainer;
6209 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006210 * Generally same as #semanticContainer but can be different in
Argyrios Kyrtzidis663c8ec2011-12-07 20:44:19 +00006211 * cases like out-of-line C++ member functions.
6212 */
6213 const CXIdxContainerInfo *lexicalContainer;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006214 int isRedeclaration;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006215 int isDefinition;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis86acd722011-11-14 22:39:19 +00006216 int isContainer;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006217 const CXIdxContainerInfo *declAsContainer;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis86acd722011-11-14 22:39:19 +00006218 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006219 * Whether the declaration exists in code or was created implicitly
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00006220 * by the compiler, e.g. implicit Objective-C methods for properties.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis86acd722011-11-14 22:39:19 +00006221 */
6222 int isImplicit;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiseffdbf52011-11-18 00:26:51 +00006223 const CXIdxAttrInfo *const *attributes;
6224 unsigned numAttributes;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8b71bc72012-12-06 19:41:16 +00006225
6226 unsigned flags;
6227
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006228} CXIdxDeclInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006229
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006230typedef enum {
6231 CXIdxObjCContainer_ForwardRef = 0,
6232 CXIdxObjCContainer_Interface = 1,
6233 CXIdxObjCContainer_Implementation = 2
6234} CXIdxObjCContainerKind;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006235
6236typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006237 const CXIdxDeclInfo *declInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006238 CXIdxObjCContainerKind kind;
6239} CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006240
6241typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006242 const CXIdxEntityInfo *base;
6243 CXCursor cursor;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006244 CXIdxLoc loc;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006245} CXIdxBaseClassInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006246
6247typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006248 const CXIdxEntityInfo *protocol;
6249 CXCursor cursor;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006250 CXIdxLoc loc;
6251} CXIdxObjCProtocolRefInfo;
6252
6253typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006254 const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefInfo *const *protocols;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006255 unsigned numProtocols;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis86acd722011-11-14 22:39:19 +00006256} CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006257
6258typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis86acd722011-11-14 22:39:19 +00006259 const CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo *containerInfo;
6260 const CXIdxBaseClassInfo *superInfo;
6261 const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo *protocols;
6262} CXIdxObjCInterfaceDeclInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006263
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006264typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9b9f7a92011-12-13 18:47:45 +00006265 const CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo *containerInfo;
6266 const CXIdxEntityInfo *objcClass;
6267 CXCursor classCursor;
6268 CXIdxLoc classLoc;
6269 const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo *protocols;
6270} CXIdxObjCCategoryDeclInfo;
6271
6272typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006273 const CXIdxDeclInfo *declInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis93db2922012-02-28 17:50:33 +00006274 const CXIdxEntityInfo *getter;
6275 const CXIdxEntityInfo *setter;
6276} CXIdxObjCPropertyDeclInfo;
6277
6278typedef struct {
6279 const CXIdxDeclInfo *declInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006280 const CXIdxBaseClassInfo *const *bases;
6281 unsigned numBases;
6282} CXIdxCXXClassDeclInfo;
6283
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006284/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006285 * Data for IndexerCallbacks#indexEntityReference.
Fangrui Song31b97192018-02-12 17:42:09 +00006286 *
6287 * This may be deprecated in a future version as this duplicates
6288 * the \c CXSymbolRole_Implicit bit in \c CXSymbolRole.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006289 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0c7735e52011-10-18 15:50:50 +00006290typedef enum {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006291 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006292 * The entity is referenced directly in user's code.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006293 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0c7735e52011-10-18 15:50:50 +00006294 CXIdxEntityRef_Direct = 1,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006295 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006296 * An implicit reference, e.g. a reference of an Objective-C method
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00006297 * via the dot syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006298 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidiseffdbf52011-11-18 00:26:51 +00006299 CXIdxEntityRef_Implicit = 2
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0c7735e52011-10-18 15:50:50 +00006300} CXIdxEntityRefKind;
6301
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006302/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006303 * Roles that are attributed to symbol occurrences.
Fangrui Song31b97192018-02-12 17:42:09 +00006304 *
6305 * Internal: this currently mirrors low 9 bits of clang::index::SymbolRole with
6306 * higher bits zeroed. These high bits may be exposed in the future.
6307 */
6308typedef enum {
6309 CXSymbolRole_None = 0,
6310 CXSymbolRole_Declaration = 1 << 0,
6311 CXSymbolRole_Definition = 1 << 1,
6312 CXSymbolRole_Reference = 1 << 2,
6313 CXSymbolRole_Read = 1 << 3,
6314 CXSymbolRole_Write = 1 << 4,
6315 CXSymbolRole_Call = 1 << 5,
6316 CXSymbolRole_Dynamic = 1 << 6,
6317 CXSymbolRole_AddressOf = 1 << 7,
6318 CXSymbolRole_Implicit = 1 << 8
6319} CXSymbolRole;
6320
6321/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006322 * Data for IndexerCallbacks#indexEntityReference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006323 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006324typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis663c8ec2011-12-07 20:44:19 +00006325 CXIdxEntityRefKind kind;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006326 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006327 * Reference cursor.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006328 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006329 CXCursor cursor;
6330 CXIdxLoc loc;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006331 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006332 * The entity that gets referenced.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006333 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006334 const CXIdxEntityInfo *referencedEntity;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006335 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006336 * Immediate "parent" of the reference. For example:
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00006337 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006338 * \code
6339 * Foo *var;
6340 * \endcode
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00006341 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006342 * The parent of reference of type 'Foo' is the variable 'var'.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis25cb0ff2011-12-13 18:47:41 +00006343 * For references inside statement bodies of functions/methods,
6344 * the parentEntity will be the function/method.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006345 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006346 const CXIdxEntityInfo *parentEntity;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006347 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006348 * Lexical container context of the reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006349 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006350 const CXIdxContainerInfo *container;
Fangrui Song31b97192018-02-12 17:42:09 +00006351 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006352 * Sets of symbol roles of the reference.
Fangrui Song31b97192018-02-12 17:42:09 +00006353 */
6354 CXSymbolRole role;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006355} CXIdxEntityRefInfo;
6356
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00006357/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006358 * A group of callbacks used by #clang_indexSourceFile and
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00006359 * #clang_indexTranslationUnit.
6360 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006361typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006362 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006363 * Called periodically to check whether indexing should be aborted.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006364 * Should return 0 to continue, and non-zero to abort.
6365 */
6366 int (*abortQuery)(CXClientData client_data, void *reserved);
6367
6368 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006369 * Called at the end of indexing; passes the complete diagnostic set.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006370 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006371 void (*diagnostic)(CXClientData client_data,
Argyrios Kyrtzidiseffdbf52011-11-18 00:26:51 +00006372 CXDiagnosticSet, void *reserved);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006373
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006374 CXIdxClientFile (*enteredMainFile)(CXClientData client_data,
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00006375 CXFile mainFile, void *reserved);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00006376
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006377 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006378 * Called when a file gets \#included/\#imported.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006379 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006380 CXIdxClientFile (*ppIncludedFile)(CXClientData client_data,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006381 const CXIdxIncludedFileInfo *);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00006382
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006383 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006384 * Called when a AST file (PCH or module) gets imported.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00006385 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006386 * AST files will not get indexed (there will not be callbacks to index all
6387 * the entities in an AST file). The recommended action is that, if the AST
Argyrios Kyrtzidis472eda02012-10-02 16:10:38 +00006388 * file is not already indexed, to initiate a new indexing job specific to
6389 * the AST file.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006390 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006391 CXIdxClientASTFile (*importedASTFile)(CXClientData client_data,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006392 const CXIdxImportedASTFileInfo *);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006393
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006394 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006395 * Called at the beginning of indexing a translation unit.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006396 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006397 CXIdxClientContainer (*startedTranslationUnit)(CXClientData client_data,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006398 void *reserved);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006399
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006400 void (*indexDeclaration)(CXClientData client_data,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006401 const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006402
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006403 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006404 * Called to index a reference of an entity.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006405 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006406 void (*indexEntityReference)(CXClientData client_data,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006407 const CXIdxEntityRefInfo *);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006408
6409} IndexerCallbacks;
6410
NAKAMURA Takumiaacef7e2011-11-11 02:51:09 +00006411CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_index_isEntityObjCContainerKind(CXIdxEntityKind);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006412CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo *
6413clang_index_getObjCContainerDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006414
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006415CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCInterfaceDeclInfo *
6416clang_index_getObjCInterfaceDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
6417
NAKAMURA Takumiaacef7e2011-11-11 02:51:09 +00006418CINDEX_LINKAGE
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006419const CXIdxObjCCategoryDeclInfo *
6420clang_index_getObjCCategoryDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
6421
Argyrios Kyrtzidis86acd722011-11-14 22:39:19 +00006422CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo *
6423clang_index_getObjCProtocolRefListInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006424
Argyrios Kyrtzidis93db2922012-02-28 17:50:33 +00006425CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCPropertyDeclInfo *
6426clang_index_getObjCPropertyDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
6427
Argyrios Kyrtzidiseffdbf52011-11-18 00:26:51 +00006428CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxIBOutletCollectionAttrInfo *
6429clang_index_getIBOutletCollectionAttrInfo(const CXIdxAttrInfo *);
6430
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006431CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxCXXClassDeclInfo *
6432clang_index_getCXXClassDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
6433
6434/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006435 * For retrieving a custom CXIdxClientContainer attached to a
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006436 * container.
6437 */
6438CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIdxClientContainer
6439clang_index_getClientContainer(const CXIdxContainerInfo *);
6440
6441/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006442 * For setting a custom CXIdxClientContainer attached to a
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006443 * container.
6444 */
6445CINDEX_LINKAGE void
6446clang_index_setClientContainer(const CXIdxContainerInfo *,CXIdxClientContainer);
6447
6448/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006449 * For retrieving a custom CXIdxClientEntity attached to an entity.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006450 */
6451CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIdxClientEntity
6452clang_index_getClientEntity(const CXIdxEntityInfo *);
6453
6454/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006455 * For setting a custom CXIdxClientEntity attached to an entity.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006456 */
6457CINDEX_LINKAGE void
6458clang_index_setClientEntity(const CXIdxEntityInfo *, CXIdxClientEntity);
6459
6460/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006461 * An indexing action/session, to be applied to one or multiple
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8b71bc72012-12-06 19:41:16 +00006462 * translation units.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006463 */
6464typedef void *CXIndexAction;
6465
6466/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006467 * An indexing action/session, to be applied to one or multiple
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8b71bc72012-12-06 19:41:16 +00006468 * translation units.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006469 *
6470 * \param CIdx The index object with which the index action will be associated.
6471 */
6472CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIndexAction clang_IndexAction_create(CXIndex CIdx);
6473
6474/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006475 * Destroy the given index action.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006476 *
6477 * The index action must not be destroyed until all of the translation units
6478 * created within that index action have been destroyed.
6479 */
6480CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_IndexAction_dispose(CXIndexAction);
6481
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd992e142011-11-15 06:20:16 +00006482typedef enum {
6483 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006484 * Used to indicate that no special indexing options are needed.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd992e142011-11-15 06:20:16 +00006485 */
6486 CXIndexOpt_None = 0x0,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00006487
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd992e142011-11-15 06:20:16 +00006488 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006489 * Used to indicate that IndexerCallbacks#indexEntityReference should
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00006490 * be invoked for only one reference of an entity per source file that does
6491 * not also include a declaration/definition of the entity.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd992e142011-11-15 06:20:16 +00006492 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfb7d1452012-01-14 00:11:49 +00006493 CXIndexOpt_SuppressRedundantRefs = 0x1,
6494
6495 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006496 * Function-local symbols should be indexed. If this is not set
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfb7d1452012-01-14 00:11:49 +00006497 * function-local symbols will be ignored.
6498 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7e747952012-02-14 22:23:11 +00006499 CXIndexOpt_IndexFunctionLocalSymbols = 0x2,
6500
6501 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006502 * Implicit function/class template instantiations should be indexed.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7e747952012-02-14 22:23:11 +00006503 * If this is not set, implicit instantiations will be ignored.
6504 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c9ed7d2012-03-27 21:38:03 +00006505 CXIndexOpt_IndexImplicitTemplateInstantiations = 0x4,
6506
6507 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006508 * Suppress all compiler warnings when parsing for indexing.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c9ed7d2012-03-27 21:38:03 +00006509 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8b71bc72012-12-06 19:41:16 +00006510 CXIndexOpt_SuppressWarnings = 0x8,
6511
6512 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006513 * Skip a function/method body that was already parsed during an
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00006514 * indexing session associated with a \c CXIndexAction object.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8b71bc72012-12-06 19:41:16 +00006515 * Bodies in system headers are always skipped.
6516 */
6517 CXIndexOpt_SkipParsedBodiesInSession = 0x10
6518
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd992e142011-11-15 06:20:16 +00006519} CXIndexOptFlags;
6520
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006521/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006522 * Index the given source file and the translation unit corresponding
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00006523 * to that file via callbacks implemented through #IndexerCallbacks.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006524 *
6525 * \param client_data pointer data supplied by the client, which will
6526 * be passed to the invoked callbacks.
6527 *
6528 * \param index_callbacks Pointer to indexing callbacks that the client
6529 * implements.
6530 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00006531 * \param index_callbacks_size Size of #IndexerCallbacks structure that gets
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006532 * passed in index_callbacks.
6533 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd992e142011-11-15 06:20:16 +00006534 * \param index_options A bitmask of options that affects how indexing is
6535 * performed. This should be a bitwise OR of the CXIndexOpt_XXX flags.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006536 *
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00006537 * \param[out] out_TU pointer to store a \c CXTranslationUnit that can be
6538 * reused after indexing is finished. Set to \c NULL if you do not require it.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006539 *
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00006540 * \returns 0 on success or if there were errors from which the compiler could
Eric Christopher2c4555a2015-06-19 01:52:53 +00006541 * recover. If there is a failure from which there is no recovery, returns
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00006542 * a non-zero \c CXErrorCode.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd992e142011-11-15 06:20:16 +00006543 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00006544 * The rest of the parameters are the same as #clang_parseTranslationUnit.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006545 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006546CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_indexSourceFile(CXIndexAction,
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006547 CXClientData client_data,
6548 IndexerCallbacks *index_callbacks,
6549 unsigned index_callbacks_size,
6550 unsigned index_options,
6551 const char *source_filename,
6552 const char * const *command_line_args,
6553 int num_command_line_args,
6554 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
6555 unsigned num_unsaved_files,
6556 CXTranslationUnit *out_TU,
6557 unsigned TU_options);
6558
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006559/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006560 * Same as clang_indexSourceFile but requires a full command line
Benjamin Kramerc02670e2015-11-18 16:14:27 +00006561 * for \c command_line_args including argv[0]. This is useful if the standard
6562 * library paths are relative to the binary.
6563 */
6564CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_indexSourceFileFullArgv(
6565 CXIndexAction, CXClientData client_data, IndexerCallbacks *index_callbacks,
6566 unsigned index_callbacks_size, unsigned index_options,
6567 const char *source_filename, const char *const *command_line_args,
6568 int num_command_line_args, struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
6569 unsigned num_unsaved_files, CXTranslationUnit *out_TU, unsigned TU_options);
6570
6571/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006572 * Index the given translation unit via callbacks implemented through
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00006573 * #IndexerCallbacks.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00006574 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd992e142011-11-15 06:20:16 +00006575 * The order of callback invocations is not guaranteed to be the same as
6576 * when indexing a source file. The high level order will be:
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00006577 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd992e142011-11-15 06:20:16 +00006578 * -Preprocessor callbacks invocations
6579 * -Declaration/reference callbacks invocations
6580 * -Diagnostic callback invocations
6581 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00006582 * The parameters are the same as #clang_indexSourceFile.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00006583 *
Eric Christopher2c4555a2015-06-19 01:52:53 +00006584 * \returns If there is a failure from which there is no recovery, returns
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd992e142011-11-15 06:20:16 +00006585 * non-zero, otherwise returns 0.
6586 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006587CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_indexTranslationUnit(CXIndexAction,
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd992e142011-11-15 06:20:16 +00006588 CXClientData client_data,
6589 IndexerCallbacks *index_callbacks,
6590 unsigned index_callbacks_size,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006591 unsigned index_options,
6592 CXTranslationUnit);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd992e142011-11-15 06:20:16 +00006593
6594/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006595 * Retrieve the CXIdxFile, file, line, column, and offset represented by
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006596 * the given CXIdxLoc.
6597 *
6598 * If the location refers into a macro expansion, retrieves the
6599 * location of the macro expansion and if it refers into a macro argument
6600 * retrieves the location of the argument.
6601 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006602CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_indexLoc_getFileLocation(CXIdxLoc loc,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006603 CXIdxClientFile *indexFile,
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006604 CXFile *file,
6605 unsigned *line,
6606 unsigned *column,
6607 unsigned *offset);
6608
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006609/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006610 * Retrieve the CXSourceLocation represented by the given CXIdxLoc.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006611 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006612CINDEX_LINKAGE
6613CXSourceLocation clang_indexLoc_getCXSourceLocation(CXIdxLoc loc);
6614
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscddafd32011-10-06 07:00:54 +00006615/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006616 * Visitor invoked for each field found by a traversal.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2bff5162015-04-13 16:55:04 +00006617 *
6618 * This visitor function will be invoked for each field found by
6619 * \c clang_Type_visitFields. Its first argument is the cursor being
6620 * visited, its second argument is the client data provided to
6621 * \c clang_Type_visitFields.
6622 *
6623 * The visitor should return one of the \c CXVisitorResult values
6624 * to direct \c clang_Type_visitFields.
6625 */
6626typedef enum CXVisitorResult (*CXFieldVisitor)(CXCursor C,
6627 CXClientData client_data);
6628
6629/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006630 * Visit the fields of a particular type.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2bff5162015-04-13 16:55:04 +00006631 *
6632 * This function visits all the direct fields of the given cursor,
6633 * invoking the given \p visitor function with the cursors of each
6634 * visited field. The traversal may be ended prematurely, if
6635 * the visitor returns \c CXFieldVisit_Break.
6636 *
6637 * \param T the record type whose field may be visited.
6638 *
6639 * \param visitor the visitor function that will be invoked for each
6640 * field of \p T.
6641 *
6642 * \param client_data pointer data supplied by the client, which will
6643 * be passed to the visitor each time it is invoked.
6644 *
6645 * \returns a non-zero value if the traversal was terminated
6646 * prematurely by the visitor returning \c CXFieldVisit_Break.
6647 */
6648CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Type_visitFields(CXType T,
6649 CXFieldVisitor visitor,
6650 CXClientData client_data);
6651
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2bff5162015-04-13 16:55:04 +00006652/**
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscddafd32011-10-06 07:00:54 +00006653 * @}
6654 */
6655
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00006656/**
6657 * @}
6658 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00006659
Ted Kremenekb60d87c2009-08-26 22:36:44 +00006660#ifdef __cplusplus
6661}
6662#endif
6663#endif